SlideShare a Scribd company logo
® 
Data Device Corporation 
105 Wilbur Place 
Bohemia, New York 11716 
631-567-5600 Fax: 631-567-7358 
www.ddc-web.com 
FEATURES 
• Fully Integrated 3.3 Volt, 1553 A/B 
Notice 2 Terminal 
• Worlds first all 3.3 Volt terminal (No 
other power supplies required) 
• Transceiver power-down option (64K 
RAM Versions Only) 
• Smallest 0.88" X 0.88", 0.130" Max 
Height CQFP 
• 80-pin Ceramic Flat pack or Gull 
Wing Package 
• Enhanced Mini-ACE Architecture 
• Multiple Configurations: 
- RT-only, 4K RAM 
- BC/RT/Monitor, 4K RAM 
- BC/RT/Monitor, 64K RAM 
• Supports 1553A/B Notice 2, McAir, 
STANAG 3838 Protocols 
• MIL-STD-1553, McAir, and MIL-STD-1760 
Transceiver Options 
• Highly Flexible Host Side Interface 
• Compatible With Mini-ACE and ACE 
Generations 
• Highly Autonomous BC with Built-In 
Message Sequence Controller 
• Choice of Single, Double, and 
Circular RT Buffering Options 
• Selective Message Monitor 
• Comprehensive Built-In Self-Test 
• Choice Of 10, 12, 16, or 20 MHz Clock 
Inputs 
• Software Libraries and Drivers 
available for Windows® 9x/2000/XP, 
Windows NT®,VxWorks® and Linux 
• Available with Full Military 
Temperature Range and Screening 
FOR MORE INFORMATION CONTACT: 
Technical Support: 
1-800-DDC-5757 ext. 7234 
DESCRIPTION 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 is the world's first MIL-STD-1553 terminal pow-ered 
entirely by 3.3 volts, thus eliminating the need for a 5 volt power 
supply. With a package body of 0.88 inches square and a gull wing 
"toe-to-toe" dimension of 1.13 inches max, the Mark3 is the industry's 
smallest ceramic gull-lead 1553 terminal, enabling its use in applica-tions 
where PC board space is at a premium. 
The Mark3 integrates dual transceiver, protocol logic, and either 4K or 
64K words of internal RAM. The Mark3's architecture is identical to 
that of the Enhanced Mini-ACE, and most features are functionally 
and software compatible with the previous Mini-ACE (Plus) and ACE 
generations. 
A salient feature of the Mark3 is its advanced bus controller architec-ture. 
This provides methods to control message scheduling, the 
means to minimize host overhead for asynchronous message inser-tion, 
facilitate bulk data transfers and double buffering, and support 
various message retry and bus switching strategies. 
The Mark3's remote terminal architecture provides flexibility in meet-ing 
all common MIL-STD-1553 protocols. The choice of RT data 
buffering and interrupt options provides robust support for synchro-nous 
and asynchronous messaging, while ensuring data sample 
consistency and supporting bulk data transfers. The Mark3's monitor 
mode provides true message monitoring, and supports filtering on an 
RT address/T-R bit/subaddress basis. 
The Mark3 incorporates fully autonomous built-in self-tests of its 
internal protocol logic and RAM. The Mark3 terminals provide the 
same flexibility in host interface configurations as the ACE/Mini-ACE, 
along with a reduction in the host processor's worst case holdoff time. 
© 2002 Data Device Corporation 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
Mini-ACE™ MARK3 
Make sure the next 
Card you purchase 
has... 
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
2 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
TRANSCEIVER 
A 
DATA BUS D15-D0 
+3.3V 
(1:2.7) 
+3.3V 
(1:2.7) 
RTAD4-RTAD0, RTADP, RTADD_LAT 
FIGURE 1. MINI-ACE MARK3 BLOCK DIAGRAM 
CH. A 
TRANSCEIVER 
B 
CH. B 
DUAL 
ENCODER/DECODER, 
MULTIPROTOCOL 
AND 
MEMORY 
MANAGEMENT 
RT ADDRESS 
SHARED 
RAM (1) 
ADDRESS BUS 
PROCESSOR 
AND 
MEMORY 
INTERFACE 
LOGIC 
A15-A0 
DATA 
BUFFERS 
ADDRESS 
BUFFERS 
PROCESSOR 
DATA BUS 
PROCESSOR 
ADDRESS BUS 
MISCELLANEOUS 
INCMD/MCRST 
CLK_IN, TAG_CLK, 
MSTCLR, SSFLAG/EXT_TRG, TX-INH_A, TX-INH_B, 
SLEEPIN/UPADDREN 
TRANSPARENT/BUFFERED, STRBD, SELECT, 
RD/WR, MEM/REG, TRIGGER_SEL/MEMENA-IN, 
MSB/LSB/DTGRT 
IOEN, READYD 
ADDR_LAT/MEMOE, ZERO_WAIT/MEMWR, 
8/16-BIT/DTREQ, POLARITY_SEL/DTACK 
INT 
PROCESSOR 
AND 
MEMORY 
CONTROL 
INTERRUPT 
REQUEST 
TX/RX_A 
TX/RX_A 
TX/RX_B 
TX/RX_B 
NOTE 1: See Ordering Information for Available Memory Options. 
NOTE 2: Transformer-coupled ratio shown. 
+3.3V 
(Note 2) 
(Note 2)
3 
TABLE 1. MINI-ACE MARK3 SERIES 
SPECIFICATIONS 
PARAMETER MIN TYP MAX UNITS 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
TABLE 1. MINI-ACE MARK3 SERIES 
SPECIFICATIONS (CONT.) 
PARAMETER MIN TYP MAX UNITS 
V 
V 
mA 
mA 
mA 
mA 
mA 
mA 
mA 
mA 
mA 
mA 
mA 
mA 
A 
mA 
mA 
mA 
mA 
A 
mA 
mA 
3.46 
3.46 
95 
310 
525 
955 
69 
110 
325 
540 
970 
95 
332 
583 
1.041 
69 
110 
347 
598 
1.056 
40 
55 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
3.14 
3.14 
POWER SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS 
Voltages/Tolerances (Note 12) 
• +3.3 V Logic 
• +3.3 V Transceivers 
Current Drain (Total Hybrid) (Note 14) 
BU-64743X8/9-XX0, 
BU-64843X8/9-XX0 (1553&McAir) 
• Idle 
• 25% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
• 50% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
• 100% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
BU-64863X8/9-XX0 (1553&McAir) 
• Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN enabled 
• Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN disabled 
• 25% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
• 50% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
• 100% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
BU-64743X8-XX2, 
BU-64843X8-XX2 (1760) 
• Idle 
• 25% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
• 50% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
• 100% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
BU-64863X8-XX2 (1760) 
• Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN enabled 
• Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN disabled 
• 25% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
• 50% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
• 100% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
BU-64743X0-XX0, 
BU-64843X0-XX0 (Xcvrless) 
BU-64863X0-XX0 (Xcvrless) 
3.3 
3.3 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
0.31 
0.67 
1.02 
1.72 
0.23 
0.36 
0.72 
1.07 
1.78 
0.31 
0.74 
1.16 
2.01 
POWER DISSIPATION 
(NOTES 14 AND 15) 
Total Hybrid 
BU-64743X8/9-XX0, 
BU-64843X8/9-XX0 (1553&McAir) 
• Idle 
• 25% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
• 50% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
• 100% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
BU-64863X8/9-XX0 (1553&McAir) 
• Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN enabled 
• Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN disabled 
• 25% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
• 50% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
• 100% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
BU-64743X8-XX2, 
BU-64843X8-XX2 (1760) 
• Idle 
• 25% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
• 50% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
• 100% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
V 
V 
V 
V 
V 
V 
μA 
μA 
μA 
μA 
μA 
V 
V 
mA 
mA 
pF 
pF 
0.7 
0.2•Vcc 
10 
-33 
-33 
10 
10 
0.4 
-3.4 
50 
50 
2.1 
0.8•Vcc 
0.4 
1.0 
-10 
-350 
-350 
-10 
-10 
2.4 
3.4 
LOGIC 
VIH 
All signals except CLK_IN 
CLK_IN 
VIL 
All signals except CLK_IN 
CLK_IN 
Schmidt Hysteresis 
All signals except CLK_IN 
CLK_IN 
IIH, IIL 
All signals except CLK_IN 
IIH (Vcc=3.6V, VIN=Vcc) 
IIH (Vcc=3.6V, VIN=2.7V) 
IIL (Vcc=3.6V, VIN=0.4V) 
CLK_IN 
IIH 
IIL 
VOH (Vcc=3.0V, VIH=2.7V, 
VIL=0.2V, IOH=max) 
VOL (Vcc=3.0V, VIH=2.7V, 
VIL=0.2V, IOL=max) 
IOL 
IOH 
CI (Input Capacitance) 
CIO (Bi-directional signal input 
capacitance) 
Vp-p 
Vp-p 
Vp-p 
mVp-p 
mVp 
nsec 
nsec 
9 
27 
27 
10 
250 
300 
300 
7 
20 
22 
150 
250 
6 
18 
20 
-250 
100 
200 
TRANSMITTER 
Differential Output Voltage 
• Direct Coupled Across 35 Ω, 
Measured on Bus 
• Transformer Coupled Across 
70 Ω, Measured on Bus 
(BU-64XX3XX-XX0, 
BU-64XX3X8-XX2) (Note 13) 
Output Noise, Differential (Direct 
Coupled) 
Output Offset Voltage, Transformer 
Coupled Across 70 Ω 
Rise/Fall Time 
(BU-64XX3X8, 
BU-64XX3X9) 
kΩ 
pF 
Vp-p 
Vpeak 
5 
0.860 
10 
2.5 
0.200 
RECEIVER 
Differential Input Resistance 
(Notes 1-6) 
Differential Input Capacitance 
(Notes 1-6) 
Threshold Voltage, Transformer 
Coupled, Measured on Stub 
Common-Mode Voltage (Note 7) 
V 
V 
V 
6.0 
6.0 
4.5 
-0.3 
-0.3 
-0.3 
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATING 
Supply Voltage (Note 12) 
• Logic (Voltage Input Range) 
• Transceivers (not during Transmit) 
• Transceivers (during Transmit)
4 
TABLE 1. MINI-ACE MARK3 SERIES 
SPECIFICATIONS (CONT.) 
PARAMETER MIN TYP MAX UNITS 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
TABLE 1. MINI-ACE MARK3 SERIES 
SPECIFICATIONS (CONT.) 
PARAMETER MIN TYP MAX UNITS 
°C/W 
°C 
°C 
°C 
°C 
°C 
°C 
in. 
(mm) 
in. 
(mm) 
oz 
(g) 
11 
+125 
+85 
+70 
+155 
+155 
+300 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
9 
0.88 X 0.88 X 0.13 
(22.3 X 22.3 X 3.3) 
1.13 
(28.7) 
0.6 
(17) 
-55 
-40 
0 
-55 
-65 
THERMAL 
Thermal Resistance, 
Ceramic Flat pack / Gull Wing Package 
Junction-to-Case, Hottest Die (θJC) Note 16 
Operating Case Temperature 
-1XX, -4XX 
-2XX, -5XX 
-3XX, -8XX 
Operating Junction Temperature 
Storage Temperature 
Lead Temperature (soldering, 10 sec.) 
PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS 
Package Body Size 
80-pin Ceramic Flat pack or Gull Wing 
Lead Toe-to-Toe Distance 
80-pin Gull Wing 
Weight 
Ceramic Flat pack / Gull Wing 
Package 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
W 
0.23 
0.36 
0.79 
1.21 
2.06 
0.132 
0.182 
0.02 
0.09 
0.45 
0.80 
1.51 
0.02 
0.09 
0.54 
0.95 
1.80 
0.13 
POWER DISSIPATION (CONT) 
(NOTES 14 AND 15) 
BU-64863X8-XX2 (1760) 
• Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN enabled 
• Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN disabled 
• 25% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
• 50% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
• 100% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
BU-64743X0-XX0, BU-64843X0-XX0 
(Xcvrless) 
BU-64863X0-XX0 (Xcvrless) 
Hottest Die 
BU-64XX3X8/9-XX0 (1553&McAir) 
• Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN enabled 
(BU-64863 only) 
• Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN disabled 
• 25% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
• 50% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
• 100% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
BU-64XX3X8-XX2 (1760) 
• Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN enabled 
(BU-64863 only) 
• Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN disabled 
• 25% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
• 50% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
• 100% Duty Transmitter Cycle 
BU-64XX3X0-XX0 (Xcvrless) 
MHz 
MHz 
MHz 
MHz 
% 
% 
% 
% 
% 
-0.01 
-0.10 
0.001 
0.01 
60 
0.01 
0.10 
-0.001 
-0.01 
40 
CLOCK INPUT 
• Frequency: 
Nominal Values 
Default Mode 
Option 
Option 
Option 
• Long Term Tolerance 
1553A Compliance 
1553B Compliance 
• Short Term Tolerance, 1 second 
1553A Compliance 
1553B Compliance 
Duty Cycle 
16.0 
12.0 
10.0 
20.0 
μs 
μs 
μs 
μs 
μs 
μs 
μs 
μs 
μs 
19.5 
23.5 
51.5 
131 
7 
17.5 
21.5 
49.5 
127 
4 
1553 MESSAGE TIMING 
Completion of CPU Write 
(BC Start)-to-Start of First 
Message for Non-enhanced BC Mode 
BC Intermessage Gap (Note 8) 
Non-enhanced (Mini-ACE compatible) 
BC mode 
Enhanced BC mode (Note 9) 
BC/RT/MT Response Timeout (Note 10) 
• 18.5 nominal 
• 22.5 nominal 
• 50.5 nominal 
• 128.0 nominal 
RT Response Time 
(mid-parity to mid-sync) (Note 11) 
Transmitter Watchdog Timeout 
2.5 
9.5 
10 
to 10.5 
18.0 
22.5 
50.5 
129.5 
660.5 
TABLE 1 Notes: 
Notes 1 through 6 are applicable to the Receiver Differential Resistance 
and Receiver Differential Input Capacitance specifications: 
(1) Specifications include both transmitter and receiver (tied together 
internally). 
(2) Impedance parameters are specified directly between pins 
TX/RX_A(B) and TX/RX_A(B) of the Mini-ACE Mark3 hybrid. 
(3) It is assumed that all power and ground inputs to the hybrid are con-nected. 
(4) The specifications are applicable for both unpowered and powered 
conditions. 
(5) The specifications assume a 2 volt rms balanced, differential, sinu-soidal 
input. The applicable frequency range is 75 kHz to 1 MHz. 
(6) Minimum resistance and maximum capacitance parameters are 
guaranteed over the operating range, but are not tested. 
(7) Assumes a common-mode voltage within the frequency range of dc 
to 2 MHz, applied to pins of the isolation transformer on the stub 
side (either direct or transformer coupled), and referenced to hybrid 
ground. Transformer must be a DDC recommended transformer or 
other transformer that provides an equivalent minimum CMRR. 
(8) Typical value for minimum intermessage gap time. Under software 
control, this may be lengthened (to 65,535 ms - message time) in 
increments of 1 μs. If ENHANCED CPU ACCESS, bit 14 of 
Configuration Register #6, is set to logic "1", then host accesses 
during BC Start-of-Message (SOM) and End-of-Message (EOM) 
transfer sequences could have the effect of lengthening the inter-message 
gap time. For each host access during an SOM or EOM 
sequence, the intermessage gap time will be lengthened by 6 clock 
cycles. Since there are 7 internal transfers during SOM and 5 dur-ing 
EOM, this could theoretically lengthen the intermessage gap by 
up to 72 clock cycles; i.e., up to 7.2 ms with a 10 MHz clock, 6.0 μs 
with a 12 MHz clock, 4.5 μs with a 16 MHz clock, or 3.6 μs with a 
20 MHz clock.
5 
TABLE 1 Notes: (Cont’d) 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 includes a 3.3 volt voltage source trans-ceiver 
for improved line driving capability, with options for MIL-STD- 
1760 and McAir compatibility. Mark3 versions with 64K x 17 
RAM offer an additional transceiver power-down (SLEEPIN) 
option to further reduce device power consumption. To provide 
further flexibility, the Mini-ACE Mark3 may operate with a choice 
of 10, 12, 16, or 20 MHz clock inputs. 
One of the new salient features of the Mark3 is its Enhanced bus 
controller architecture. The Enhanced BC's highly autonomous 
message sequence control engine provides a means for offload-ing 
the host processor for implementing multiframe message 
scheduling, message retry schemes, data double buffering, and 
asynchronous message insertion. For the purpose of performing 
messaging to the host processor, the Enhanced BC mode 
includes a General Purpose Queue, along with user-defined 
interrupts. 
A second major new feature of the Mark3 is the incorporation of 
a fully autonomous built-in self-test. This test provides compre-hensive 
testing of the internal protocol logic. A separate test ver-ifies 
the operation of the internal RAM. Since the self-tests are 
fully autonomous, they eliminate the need for the host to write 
and read stimulus and response vectors. 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 RT offers the same choices of single, dou-ble, 
and circular buffering for individual subaddresses as the 
ACE, Mini-ACE (Plus) and Enhanced Mini-ACE. New enhance-ments 
to the RT architecture include a global circular buffering 
option for multiple (or all) receive subaddresses, a 50% rollover 
interrupt for circular buffers, an interrupt status queue for logging 
up to 32 interrupt events, and an option to automatically initialize 
to RT mode with the Busy bit set. The interrupt status queue and 
50% rollover interrupt features are also included as improve-ments 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
to the Mark3's Monitor architecture. 
To minimize board space and "glue" logic, the Mini-ACE Mark3 
terminals provide the same wide choice of host interface config-urations 
as the ACE, Mini-ACE (Plus) and Enhanced Mini-ACE. 
This includes support of interfaces to 16-bit or 8-bit processors, 
memory or port type interfaces, and multiplexed or non-multi-plexed 
address/data buses. In addition, with respect to 
ACE/Mini-ACE (Plus), the worst case processor wait time has 
been significantly reduced. For example, assuming a 16 MHz 
clock, this time has been reduced from 2.8 μs to 632 ns for read 
accesses, and to 570 ns for write accesses. 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 series terminals operate over the full mili-tary 
temperature range of -55 to +125°C and are available 
screened to MIL-PRF-38534C. The terminals are ideal for mili-tary 
and industrial processor-to-1553 applications powered by 
3.3 volts only. 
(9) For Enhanced BC mode, the typical value for intermessage gap 
time is approximately 10 clock cycles longer than for the non-enhanced 
BC mode. That is, an addition of 1.0 μs at 10 MHz, 833 
ns at 12 MHz, 625 ns at 16 MHz, or 500 ns at 20 MHz. 
(10) Software programmable (4 options). Includes RT-to-RT Timeout 
(measured mid-parity of transmit Command Word to mid-sync of 
transmitting RT Status Word). 
(11) Measured from mid-parity crossing of Command Word to mid-sync 
crossing of RT's Status Word. 
(12) External 10 μF tantalum and 0.1 μF capacitors should be located as 
close as possible to +3.3 Vdc input pins 10, 30, 51, and 69. 
(13) MIL-STD-1760 requires a 20 Vp-p minimum output on the stub con-nection. 
(14) Current drain and power dissipation specs are preliminary and sub-ject 
to change. 
(15) Power dissipation specifications assume a transformer coupled 
configuration with external dissipation (while transmitting) of: 
• 0.14 watts for the active isolation transformer, 
• 0.08 watts for the active bus coupling transformer, 
• 0.45 watts for EACH of the two bus isolation resistors and 
• 0.15 watts for EACH of the two bus termination resistors. 
(16) θJC is measured to bottom of ceramic case. 
INTRODUCTION 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 is the world's first MIL-STD-1553 terminal 
powered entirely by 3.3 volts, thus eliminating the need for a 
5 volt power supply. The BU-64743 RT only, and BU- 
64843/64863 BC/RT/MT Mini-ACE Mark3 family of MIL-STD- 
1553 terminals comprise a complete integrated interface 
between a host processor and a MIL-STD-1553 bus. The Mini- 
ACE Mark3 is available in a 0.88 square inch flat pack or gull 
wing package with a "toe-to-toe" dimension of 1.13 inches max-imum. 
The Mark3 is the industry's smallest ceramic gull-lead 
1553 terminal, enabling its use in applications where PC board 
space is at a premium. The Mark3's architecture is identical to 
that of the Enhanced Mini-ACE, and most features are function-ally 
and software compatible with the previous Mini-ACE (Plus) 
and ACE generations. 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 provides complete multiprotocol support of 
MIL-STD-1553A/B/McAir and STANAG 3838. The Mark3 inte-grates 
dual transceiver, protocol logic, and either 4K or 64K 
words of internal RAM. The BU-64843 and BU-64863 BC/RT/MT 
terminals include 64K words of internal RAM, with built-in parity 
checking.
6 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
TABLE 2. ADDRESS MAPPING 
A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 
0 0 0 0 0 Interrupt Mask Register #1 (RD/WR) 
0 0 0 0 1 Configuration Register #1 (RD/WR) 
0 0 0 1 0 Configuration Register #2 (RD/WR) 
0 0 0 1 1 Start/Reset Register (WR) 
0 0 1 0 1 Time Tag Register (RD/WR) 
0 0 1 1 0 Interrupt Status Register #1 (RD) 
0 0 1 1 1 Configuration Register #3 (RD/WR) 
0 1 0 0 0 Configuration Register #4 (RD/WR) 
0 1 0 0 1 Configuration Register #5 (RD/WR) 
0 1 0 1 0 RT / Monitor Data Stack Address Register (RD) 
0 1 0 1 1 BC Frame Time Remaining Register (RD) 
0 1 1 1 0 RT Status Word Register (RD) 
0 1 1 1 1 RT BIT Word Register (RD) 
1 0 0 0 0 Test Mode Register 0 
Test Mode Register 1 
Test Mode Register 2 
Test Mode Register 3 
Test Mode Register 4 
1 
0 
1 
0 
0 
1 
1 
0 
0 
0 
0 
1 
0 
0 
0 
0 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 0 1 1 1 Test Mode Register 7 
1 1 0 0 0 Configuration Register #6 (RD/WR) 
Configuration Register #7 (RD/WR) 
BC Condition Code Register (RD) 
BIT Test Status Register (RD) 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
TRANSCEIVERS 
The transceivers in the Mini-ACE Mark3 series terminals are fully 
monolithic, requiring only a +3.3 volt power input. The transmit-ters 
are voltage sources, providing improved line driving capabil-ity 
over current sources. This serves to improve performance on 
long buses with many taps. Mark3 versions with 64K x 17 RAM 
offer an additional transceiver power-down (SLEEPIN) option to 
further reduce device power consumption. The transmitters also 
offer an option that satisfies the MIL-STD-1760 requirement for a 
minimum of 20 volts peak-to-peak, transformer coupled output. 
Besides eliminating the demand for an additional power supply, 
the use of a +3.3 volt only transceiver requires the use of a step-up, 
rather than a step-down, isolation transformer. This provides 
the advantage of a higher terminal input impedance than is pos-sible 
for a 15V, 12V or 5V transmitter. As a result, there is a 
greater margin for the input impedance test, mandated for the 
1553 validation test. This allows for longer cable lengths between 
a system connector and the isolation transformers of an embed-ded 
1553 terminal. 
To provide compatibility to McAir specs, the Mini-ACE Mark3 is 
available with an option for transmitters with increased rise and 
fall times. 
The receiver sections of the Mini-ACE Mark3 are fully compliant 
with MIL-STD-1553B Notice 2 in terms of front end overvoltage 
protection, threshold, common-mode rejection, and word error 
rate. 
REGISTER AND MEMORY ADDRESSING 
The software interface of the Mini-ACE Mark3 to the host proces-sor 
consists of 24 internal operational registers for normal oper-ation, 
an additional 24 test registers, plus 64K words of shared 
memory address space. The Mini-ACE Mark3's 4K X 16 or 64K X 
17 internal RAM resides in this address space. 
For normal operation, the host processor only needs to access 
the lower 32 register address locations (00-1F). The next 32 
locations (20-3F) should be reserved, since many of these are 
used for factory test. 
INTERNAL REGISTERS 
The address mapping for the Mini-ACE Mark3 registers is illus-trated 
in TABLE 2. 
RESERVED 
BC General Purpose Queue Pointer / 
RT-MT Interrupt Status Queue Pointer Register 
(RD/WR) 
1 
0 
0 
1 
0 
0 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
0 
1 
0 
0 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 1 1 1 1 
BC General Purpose Flag Register (WR) 
Interrupt Mask Register #2 (RD/WR) 
1 
1 
1 
0 
0 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
Interrupt Status Register #2 (RD) 
0 
1 
1 
1 
1 
Test Mode Register 6 
0 
1 
1 
0 
1 
Test Mode Register 5 
1 
0 
1 
0 
1 
Non-Enhanced BC Frame Time / Enhanced BC 
Initial Instruction Pointer / RT Last Command / 
MT Trigger Word Register(RD/WR) 
0 1 1 0 1 
BC Time Remaining to Next Message Register 
(RD) 
0 1 1 0 0 
BC Control Word / 
RT Subaddress Control Word Register (RD/WR) 
0 0 1 0 0 
Non-Enhanced BC/RT Command Stack Pointer / 
Enhanced BC Instruction List Pointer Register 
(RD) 
0 0 0 1 1 
REGISTER 
DESCRIPTION/ACCESSIBILITY 
ADDRESS LINES
7 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
TABLE 3. INTERRUPT MASK REGISTER #1 
(READ/WRITE 00H) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) RESERVED 
14 RAM PARITY ERROR 
13 BC/RT TRANSMITTER TIMEOUT 
12 BC/RT COMMAND STACK ROLLOVER 
11 MT COMMAND STACK ROLLOVER 
10 MT DATA STACK ROLLOVER 
9 HANDSHAKE FAIL 
8 BC RETRY 
7 RT ADDRESS PARITY ERROR 
6 TIME TAG ROLLOVER 
5 RT CIRCULAR BUFFER ROLLOVER 
4 BC CONTROL WORD/RT SUBADDRESS CONTROL WORD EOM 
3 BC END OF FRAME 
2 FORMAT ERROR 
1 BC STATUS SET/RT MODE CODE/MT PATTERN TRIGGER 
0(LSB) END OF MESSAGE 
TABLE 4. CONFIGURATION REGISTER #1 
(READ/WRITE 01H) 
BIT 
BC FUNCTION (Bits 
11-0 Enhanced Mode Only) 
RT WITHOUT ALTERNATE 
STATUS 
RT WITH ALTERNATE 
STATUS (Enhanced Only) 
MONITOR FUNCTION 
(Enhanced mode only bits 12-0) 
15 (MSB) RT/BC-MT (logic 0) (logic 1) (logic 1) (logic 0) 
14 MT/BC-RT (logic 0) (logic 0) (logic 0) (logic 1) 
13 CURRENT AREA B/A CURRENT AREA B/A CURRENT AREA B/A CURRENT AREA B/A 
12 MESSAGE STOP-ON-ERROR MESSAGE MONITOR ENABLED 
(MMT) 
MESSAGE MONITOR 
ENABLED 
MESSAGE MONITOR ENABLED 
11 FRAME STOP-ON-ERROR S10 TRIGGER WORD ENABLED 
10 STATUS SET 
STOP-ON-MESSAGE 
BUSY S09 START-ON-TRIGGER 
9 STATUS SET 
STOP-ON-FRAME 
SERVICE REQUEST S08 STOP-ON-TRIGGER 
8 FRAME AUTO-REPEAT SSFLAG S07 NOT USED 
7 EXTERNAL TRIGGER ENABLED RTFLAG (Enhanced Mode Only) S06 EXTERNAL TRIGGER ENABLED 
6 INTERNAL TRIGGER ENABLED NOT USED S05 NOT USED 
5 INTERMESSAGE GAP TIMER 
ENABLED 
NOT USED S04 NOT USED 
4 RETRY ENABLED NOT USED S03 NOT USED 
3 DOUBLED/SINGLE RETRY NOT USED S02 NOT USED 
2 BC ENABLED (Read Only) NOT USED S01 MONITOR ENABLED(Read Only) 
1 BC FRAME IN PROGRESS 
(Read Only) 
NOT USED S00 MONITOR TRIGGERED 
(Read Only) 
0 (LSB) BC MESSAGE IN PROGRESS 
(Read Only) 
RT MESSAGE IN PROGRESS 
(Enhanced mode only,Read Only) 
RT MESSAGE IN 
PROGRESS (Read Only) 
MONITOR ACTIVE 
(Read Only) 
DYNAMIC BUS CONTROL 
ACCEPTANCE
8 
TABLE 5. CONFIGURATION REGISTER #2 
(READ/WRITE 02H) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) ENHANCED INTERRUPTS 
14 RAM PARITY ENABLE 
13 BUSY LOOKUP TABLE ENABLE 
12 RX SA DOUBLE BUFFER ENABLE 
11 OVERWRITE INVALID DATA 
10 256-WORD BOUNDARY DISABLE 
9 TIME TAG RESOLUTION 2 
8 TIME TAG RESOLUTION 1 
7 TIME TAG RESOLUTION 0 
6 CLEAR TIME TAG ON SYNCHRONIZE 
5 LOAD TIME TAG ON SYNCHRONIZE 
4 INTERRUPT STATUS AUTO CLEAR 
3 LEVEL/PULSE INTERRUPT REQUEST 
2 CLEAR SERVICE REQUEST 
1 ENHANCED RT MEMORY MANAGEMENT 
13 
RESERVED 
11 
10 
9 
CLEAR RT HALT 
CLEAR SELF-TEST REGISTER 
INITIATE RAM SELF-TEST 
TABLE 7. BC/RT COMMAND STACK POINTER REG. 
(READ 03H) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) COMMAND STACK POINTER 15 
• • 
• • 
• • 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
TABLE 8. BC CONTROL WORD REGISTER 
(READ/WRITE 04H) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
TRANSMIT TIME TAG FOR SYNCHRONIZE MODE COM-15( 
TABLE 9. RT SUBADDRESS CONTROL WORD 
(READ/WRITE 04H) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) RX: DOUBLE BUFFER ENABLE 
14 TX: EOM INT 
13 TX: CIRC BUF INT 
12 TX: MEMORY MANAGEMENT 2 (MM2) 
TX: MEMORY MANAGEMENT 1 (MM1) 
11 
10 TX: MEMORY MANAGEMENT 0 (MM0) 
9 RX: EOM INT 
8 RX: CIRC BUF INT 
7 RX: MEMORY MANAGEMENT 2 (MM2) 
6 RX: MEMORY MANAGEMENT 1 (MM1) 
5 RX: MEMORY MANAGEMENT 0 (MM0) 
4 BCST: EOM INT 
3 BCST: CIRC BUF INT 
2 BCST:MEMORY MANAGEMENT 2 (MM2) 
1 BCST: MEMORY MANAGEMENT 1 (MM1) 
TABLE 10. TIME TAG REGISTER 
(READ/WRITE 05H) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
0(LSB) SEPARATE BROADCAST DATA 
TABLE 6. START/RESET REGISTER 
(WRITE 03H) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) RESERVED 
14 RESERVED 
12 
RESERVED 
8 
RESERVED 
7 INITIATE PROTOCOL SELF-TEST 
6 BC/MT STOP-ON-MESSAGE 
5 BC STOP-ON-FRAME 
4 TIME TAG TEST CLOCK 
3 TIME TAG RESET 
2 INTERRUPT RESET 
1 BC/MT START 
0(LSB) RESET 
0(LSB) COMMAND STACK POINTER 0 
MSB) MAND 
14 MESSAGE ERROR MASK 
13 SERVICE REQUEST BIT MASK 
12 BUSY BIT MASK 
SUBSYSTEM FLAG BIT MASK 
11 
10 TERMINAL FLAG BIT MASK 
9 RESERVED BITS MASK 
8 RETRY ENABLED 
7 BUS CHANNEL A/B 
6 OFF-LINE SELF-TEST 
5 MASK BROADCAST BIT 
4 EOM INTERRUPT ENABLE 
3 1553A/B SELECT 
2 MODE CODE FORMAT 
1 BROADCAST FORMAT 
0(LSB) RT-to-RT FORMAT 
0(LSB) BCST: MEMORY MANAGEMENT 0 (MM0) 
15(MSB) TIME TAG 15 
• • 
• • 
• • 
0(LSB) TIME TAG 0
9 
TABLE 11. INTERRUPT STATUS REGISTER #1 
(READ 06H) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) MASTER INTERRUPT 
14 RAM PARITY ERROR 
13 TRANSMITTER TIMEOUT 
12 BC/RT COMMAND STACK ROLLOVER 
MT COMMAND STACK ROLLOVER 
11 
10 MT DATA STACK ROLLOVER 
9 HANDSHAKE FAIL 
8 BC RETRY 
7 RT ADDRESS PARITY ERROR 
6 TIME TAG ROLLOVER 
5 RT CIRCULAR BUFFER ROLLOVER 
4 BC CONTROL WORD/RT SUBADDRESS CONTROL WORD EOM 
3 BC END OF FRAME 
2 FORMAT ERROR 
BC STATUS SET / RT MODE CODE / 
MT PATTERN TRIGGER 
1 
TABLE 12. CONFIGURATION REGISTER #3 
(READ/WRITE 07H) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) ENHANCED MODE ENABLE 
14 BC/RT COMMAND STACK SIZE 1 
13 BC/RT COMMAND STACK SIZE 0 
12 MT COMMAND STACK SIZE 1 
MT COMMAND STACK SIZE 0 
11 
10 MT DATA STACK SIZE 2 
9 MT DATA STACK SIZE 1 
8 MT DATA STACK SIZE 0 
7 ILLEGALIZATION DISABLED 
6 OVERRIDE MODE T/R ERROR 
5 ALTERNATE STATUS WORD ENABLE 
4 ILLEGAL RX TRANSFER DISABLE 
3 BUSY RX TRANSFER DISABLE 
2 RTFAIL / RTFLAG WRAP ENABLE 
1 1553A MODE CODES ENABLE 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
TABLE 13. CONFIGURATION REGISTER #4 
(READ/WRITE 08H) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) EXTERNAL BIT WORD ENABLE 
14 INHIBIT BIT WORD IF BUSY 
13 MODE COMMAND OVERRIDE BUSY 
12 EXPANDED BC CONTROL WORD ENABLE 
BROADCAST MASK ENA/XOR 
11 
10 RETRY IF -A AND M.E. 
9 RETRY IF STATUS SET 
8 1ST RETRY ALT/SAME BUS 
7 2ND RETRY ALT/SAME BUS 
6 VALID M.E./NO DATA 
5 VALID BUSY/NO DATA 
4 MT TAG GAP OPTION 
3 LATCH RT ADDRESS WITH CONFIG #5 
2 TEST MODE 2 
1 TEST MODE 1 
0(LSB) TEST MODE 0 
TABLE 14. CONFIGURATION REGISTER #5 
(READ/WRITE 09H) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) 12 / 16 MHZ CLOCK SELECT 
14 SINGLE-ENDED SELECT 
13 EXTERNAL TX INHIBIT A 
12 EXTERNAL TX INHIBIT B 
EXPANDED CROSSING ENABLED 
11 
10 RESPONSE TIMEOUT SELECT 1 
9 RESPONSE TIMEOUT SELECT 0 
8 GAP CHECK ENABLED 
7 BROADCAST DISABLED 
6 RT ADDRESS LATCH/TRANSPARENT 
TABLE 15. RT / MONITOR DATA STACK ADDRESS 
REGISTER 
(READ/WRITE 0AH) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) RT / MONITOR DATA STACK ADDRESS 15 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
0(LSB) END OF MESSAGE 
0(LSB) ENHANCED MODE CODE HANDLING 
5 RT ADDRESS 4 
4 RT ADDRESS 3 
3 RT ADDRESS 2 
2 RT ADDRESS 1 
1 RT ADDRESS 0 
0(LSB) RT ADDRESS PARITY 
• • 
• • 
• • 
0(LSB) RT / MONITOR DATA STACK ADDRESS 0
10 
TABLE 16. BC FRAME TIME REMAINING REGISTER 
(READ/WRITE 0BH) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) BC FRAME TIME REMAINING 15 
• • 
• • 
• • 
TABLE 17. BC MESSAGE TIME REMAINING 
REGISTER 
(READ/WRITE 0CH) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) BC MESSAGE TIME REMAINING 15 
• • 
• • 
• • 
TABLE 18. BC FRAME TIME / RT LAST COMMAND / 
MT TRIGGER REGISTER (READ/WRITE 0DH) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) BIT 15 
• • 
• • 
• • 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) LOGIC “0” 
14 LOGIC “0” 
13 LOGIC “0” 
12 LOGIC “0” 
LOGIC “0” 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
TABLE 20. RT BIT WORD REGISTER 
(READ 0FH) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) TRANSMITTER TIMEOUT 
14 LOOP TEST FAILURE B 
13 LOOP TEST FAILURE A 
12 HANDSHAKE FAILURE 
TRANSMITTER SHUTDOWN B 
11 
10 TRANSMITTER SHUTDOWN A 
9 TERMINAL FLAG INHIBITED 
8 BIT TEST FAIL 
7 HIGH WORD COUNT 
6 LOW WORD COUNT 
5 INCORRECT SYNC RECEIVED 
4 PARITY / MANCHESTER ERROR RECEIVED 
3 RT-to-RT GAP / SYNC / ADDRESS ERROR 
2 RT-to-RT NO RESPONSE ERROR 
1 RT-to-RT 2ND COMMAND WORD ERROR 
TABLE 21. CONFIGURATION REGISTER #6 
(READ/WRITE 18H) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) ENHANCED BUS CONTROLLER 
14 ENHANCED CPU ACCESS 
COMMAND STACK POINTER INCREMENT ON EOM 
(RT, MT) 
13 
12 GLOBAL CIRCULAR BUFFER ENABLE 
GLOBAL CIRCULAR BUFFER SIZE 2 
11 
10 GLOBAL CIRCULAR BUFFER SIZE 1 
9 GLOBAL CIRCULAR BUFFER SIZE 0 
DISABLE INVALID MESSAGES TO INTERRUPT STATUS 
QUEUE 
DISABLE VALID MESSAGES TO INTERRUPT STATUS 
QUEUE 
8 
7 
6 INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE ENABLE 
5 RT ADDRESS SOURCE 
4 ENHANCED MESSAGE MONITOR 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
0(LSB) BC FRAME TIME REMAINING 0 
Note: resolution = 100 μs per LSB 
0(LSB) BC MESSAGE TIME REMAINING 0 
Note: resolution = 1 μs per LSB 
0(LSB) BIT 0 
TABLE 19. RT STATUS WORD REGISTER 
(READ/WRITE 0EH) 
11 
10 MESSAGE ERROR 
9 INSTRUMENTATION 
8 SERVICE REQUEST 
7 RESERVED 
6 RESERVED 
5 RESERVED 
4 BROADCAST COMMAND RECEIVED 
3 BUSY 
2 SSFLAG 
1 DYNAMIC BUS CONTROL ACCEPT 
0(LSB) TERMINAL FLAG 
0(LSB) COMMAND WORD CONTENTS ERROR 
3 RESERVED 
2 64-WORD REGISTER SPACE 
1 CLOCK SELECT 1 
0(LSB) CLOCK SELECT 0
11 
TABLE 22. CONFIGURATION REGISTER #7 
(READ/WRITE 19H) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) MEMORY MANAGEMENT BASE ADDRESS 15 
14 MEMORY MANAGEMENT BASE ADDRESS 14 
13 MEMORY MANAGEMENT BASE ADDRESS 13 
12 MEMORY MANAGEMENT BASE ADDRESS 12 
MEMORY MANAGEMENT BASE ADDRESS 11 
11 
10 MEMORY MANAGEMENT BASE ADDRESS 10 
9 RESERVED 
8 RESERVED 
7 RESERVED 
6 RESERVED 
5 RESERVED 
4 RT HALT ENABLE 
3 1553B RESPONSE TIME 
2 ENHANCED TIMETAG SYNCHRONIZE 
1 ENHANCED BC WATCHDOG TIMER ENABLED 
TABLE 23. BC CONDITION REGISTER 
(READ 1BH) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) LOGIC “1” 
14 RETRY 1 
13 RETRY 0 
12 BAD MESSAGE 
MESSAGE STATUS SET 
11 
10 GOOD BLOCK TRANSFER 
9 FORMAT ERROR 
8 NO RESPONSE 
7 GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 7 
6 GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 6 
5 GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 5 
4 GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 4 
3 GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 3 
2 GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 2 
1 EQUAL FLAG / GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 1 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
TABLE 24. BC GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG REGISTER 
(WRITE 1BH) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) CLEAR GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 7 
14 CLEAR GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 6 
13 CLEAR GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 5 
12 CLEAR GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 4 
CLEAR GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 3 
11 
10 CLEAR GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 2 
9 CLEAR GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 1 
8 CLEAR GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 0 
7 SET GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 7 
6 SET GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 6 
5 SET GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 5 
4 SET GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 4 
3 SET GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 3 
2 SET GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 2 
1 SET GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 1 
TABLE 25. BIT TEST STATUS FLAG REGISTER 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) PROTOCOL BUILT-IN TEST COMPLETE 
14 PROTOCOL BUILT-IN TEST IN-PROGRESS 
13 PROTOCOL BUILT-IN TEST PASSED 
12 PROTOCOL BUILT-IN TEST ABORT 
PROTOCOL BUILT-IN-TEST COMPLETE / IN-PROGRESS 
11 
10 LOGIC “0” 
9 LOGIC “0” 
8 LOGIC “0” 
7 RAM BUILT-IN TEST COMPLETE 
6 RAM BUILT-IN TEST IN-PROGRESS 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
0(LSB) MODE CODE RESET / INCMD SELECT 
0(LSB) LESS THAN FLAG / GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 1 
0(LSB) SET GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 0 
5 RAM BUILT-IN TEST IN-PASSED 
4 LOGIC “0” 
3 LOGIC “0” 
2 LOGIC “0” 
1 LOGIC “0” 
0(LSB) LOGIC “0” 
(READ 1CH) 
Note: If the Mini-ACE Mark3 is not online in enhanced BC mode (i.e., processing 
instructions), the BC condition code register will always return a value of 0000.
12 
TABLE 26. INTERRUPT MASK REGISTER #2 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) NOT USED 
14 BC OP CODE PARITY ERROR 
RT ILLEGAL COMMAND/MESSAGE MT MESSAGE 
RECEIVED 
GENERAL PURPOSE QUEUE / 
INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE ROLLOVER 
CALL STACK POINTER REGISTER ERROR 
13 
12 
11 
10 BC TRAP OP CODE 
9 RT COMMAND STACK 50% ROLLOVER 
8 RT CIRCULAR BUFFER 50% ROLLOVER 
7 MONITOR COMMAND STACK 50% ROLLOVER 
6 MONITOR DATA STACK 50% ROLLOVER 
5 ENHANCED BC IRQ3 
4 ENHANCED BC IRQ2 
3 ENHANCED BC IRQ1 
2 ENHANCED BC IRQ0 
1 BIT TEST COMPLETE 
TABLE 27. INTERRUPT STATUS REGISTER #2 
(READ 1EH) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) MASTER INTERRUPT 
14 BC OP CODE PARITY ERROR 
RT ILLEGAL COMMAND/MESSAGE MT MESSAGE 
RECEIVED 
GENERAL PURPOSE QUEUE / 
INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE ROLLOVER 
CALL STACK POINTER REGISTER ERROR 
13 
12 
11 
10 BC TRAP OP CODE 
9 RT COMMAND STACK 50% ROLLOVER 
8 RT CIRCULAR BUFFER 50% ROLLOVER 
7 MONITOR COMMAND STACK 50% ROLLOVER 
6 MONITOR DATA STACK 50% ROLLOVER 
5 ENHANCED BC IRQ3 
4 ENHANCED BC IRQ2 
3 ENHANCED BC IRQ1 
2 ENHANCED BC IRQ0 
1 BIT TEST COMPLETE 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
TABLE 28. BC GENERAL PURPOSE QUEUE 
POINTER REGISTER 
RT, MT INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE POINTER 
REGISTER 
(READ/WRITE1FH) 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) QUEUE POINTER BASE ADDRESS 15 
14 QUEUE POINTER BASE ADDRESS 14 
13 QUEUE POINTER BASE ADDRESS 13 
12 QUEUE POINTER BASE ADDRESS 12 
QUEUE POINTER BASE ADDRESS 11 
11 
10 QUEUE POINTER BASE ADDRESS 10 
9 QUEUE POINTER BASE ADDRESS 9 
8 QUEUE POINTER BASE ADDRESS 8 
7 QUEUE POINTER BASE ADDRESS 7 
6 QUEUE POINTER BASE ADDRESS 6 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
0(LSB) NOT USED 
(READ/WRITE 1DH) 
0(LSB) INTERRUPT CHAIN BIT 
5 QUEUE POINTER ADDRESS 5 
4 QUEUE POINTER ADDRESS 4 
3 QUEUE POINTER ADDRESS 3 
2 QUEUE POINTER ADDRESS 2 
1 QUEUE POINTER ADDRESS 1 
0(LSB) QUEUE POINTER ADDRESS 0
NOTE: TABLES 29 TO 35 ARE NOT REGISTERS, BUT THEY ARE WORDS STORED IN RAM. 
13 
TABLE 29. BC MODE BLOCK STATUS WORD 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) EOM 
14 SOM 
13 CHANNEL B/A 
12 ERROR FLAG 
STATUS SET 
11 
10 FORMAT ERROR 
9 NO RESPONSE TIMEOUT 
8 LOOP TEST FAIL 
7 MASKED STATUS SET 
6 RETRY COUNT 1 
5 RETRY COUNT 0 
4 GOOD DATA BLOCK TRANSFER 
3 WRONG STATUS ADDRESS / NO GAP 
2 WORD COUNT ERROR 
1 INCORRECT SYNC TYPE 
TABLE 30. RT MODE BLOCK STATUS WORD 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) EOM 
14 SOM 
13 CHANNEL B/A 
12 ERROR FLAG 
RT-to-RT FORMAT 
11 
10 FORMAT ERROR 
9 NO RESPONSE TIMEOUT 
8 LOOP TEST FAIL 
7 DATA STACK ROLLOVER 
6 ILLEGAL COMMAND WORD 
5 WORD COUNT ERROR 
4 INCORRECT DATA SYNC 
3 INVALID WORD 
2 RT-to-RT GAP / SYNC / ADDRESS ERROR 
1 RT-to-RT 2ND COMMAND ERROR 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) REMOTE TERMINAL ADDRESS BIT 4 
14 REMOTE TERMINAL ADDRESS BIT 3 
13 REMOTE TERMINAL ADDRESS BIT 2 
12 REMOTE TERMINAL ADDRESS BIT 1 
REMOTE TERMINAL ADDRESS BIT 0 
10 TRANSMIT / RECEIVE 
9 SUBADDRESS / MODE BIT 4 
8 SUBADDRESS / MODE BIT 3 
7 SUBADDRESS / MODE BIT 2 
6 SUBADDRESS / MODE BIT 1 
5 SUBADDRESS / MODE BIT 0 
4 DATA WORD COUNT / MODE CODE BIT 4 
3 DATA WORD COUNT / MODE CODE BIT 3 
2 DATA WORD COUNT / MODE CODE BIT 2 
1 DATA WORD COUNT / MODE CODE BIT 1 
0(LSB) DATA WORD COUNT / MODE CODE BIT 0 
TABLE 32. WORD MONITOR IDENTIFICATION 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
0(LSB) COMMAND WORD CONTENTS ERROR 
15(MSB) GAP TIME (MSB) 
• • 
• • 
• • 
GAP TIME (LSB) 
8 
7 WORD FLAG 
6 THIS RT 
5 BROADCAST 
4 ERROR 
3 COMMAND / DATA 
2 CHANNEL B/A 
1 CONTIGUOUS DATA / GAP 
0(LSB) MODE_CODE 
WORD 
11 
TABLE 31. 1553 COMMAND WORD 
0(LSB) INVALID WORD
14 
TABLE 33. MESSAGE MONITOR MODE BLOCK 
STATUS WORD 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) EOM 
14 SOM 
13 CHANNEL B/A 
12 ERROR FLAG 
RT-to-RT TRANSFER 
11 
10 FORMAT ERROR 
9 NO RESPONSE TIMEOUT 
8 GOOD DATA BLOCK TRANSFER 
7 DATA STACK ROLLOVER 
6 RESERVED 
5 WORD COUNT ERROR 
4 INCORRECT SYNC 
3 INVALID WORD 
2 RT-to-RT GAP / SYNC / ADDRESS ERROR 
1 RT-to-RT 2ND COMMAND ERROR 
TABLE 34. RT/MONITOR INTERRUPT STATUS WORD 
(FOR INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE) 
DEFINITION FOR MESSAGE 
INTERRUPT EVENT 
DEFINITION FOR 
NON-MESSAGE 
INTERRUPT EVENT 
BIT 
15 TRANSMITTER TIMEOUT NOT USED 
14 ILLEGAL COMMAND NOT USED 
MONITOR DATA STACK 50% 
ROLLOVER 
13 NOT USED 
MONITOR DATA STACK 
ROLLOVER 
12 NOT USED 
RT CIRCULAR BUFFER 
ROLLOVER 
11 
10 NOT USED 
MONITOR COMMAND 
(DESCRIPTOR) STACK 50% 
ROLLOVER 
9 NOT USED 
MONITOR COMMAND 
(DESCRIPTOR) STACK 
ROLLOVER 
8 NOT USED 
RT COMMAND (DESCRIPTOR) 
STACK 50% ROLLOVER 
7 NOT USED 
5 HANDSHAKE FAIL NOT USED 
4 FORMAT ERROR TIME TAG ROLLOVER 
1 END-OF-MESSAGE (EOM) RAM PARITY ERROR 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
TABLE 35. 1553B STATUS WORD 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) REMOTE TERMINAL ADDRESS BIT 4 
14 REMOTE TERMINAL ADDRESS BIT 3 
13 REMOTE TERMINAL ADDRESS BIT 2 
12 REMOTE TERMINAL ADDRESS BIT 1 
REMOTE TERMINAL ADDRESS BIT 0 
11 
10 MESSAGE ERROR 
9 INSTRUMENTATION 
8 SERVICE REQUEST 
7 RESERVED 
6 RESERVED 
5 RESERVED 
4 BROADCAST COMMAND RECEIVED 
3 BUSY 
2 SSFLAG 
1 DYNAMIC BUS CONTROL ACCEPTANCE 
NOTE: Please see Appendix “F” of the Enhanced Mini-ACE 
Users Guide for important information applicable only to RT 
MODE operation, enabling of the interrupt status queue and 
use of specific non-message interrupts. 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
0(LSB) COMMAND WORD CONTENTS ERROR 
0(LSB) TERMINAL FLAG 
NON-TEST REGISTER FUNCTION SUMMARY 
A summary of the Mini-ACE Mark3 24 non-test registers follows. 
INTERRUPT MASK REGISTERS #1 AND #2 
Interrupt Mask Registers #1 and #2 are used to enable and dis-able 
interrupt requests for various events and conditions. 
CONFIGURATION REGISTERS #1 AND #2 
Configuration Registers #1 and #2 are used to select the Mini- 
ACE Mark3’s mode of operation, and for software control of RT 
Status Word bits, Active Memory Area, BC Stop-On-Error, RT 
Memory Management mode selection, and control of the Time 
Tag operation. 
START/RESET REGISTER 
The Start/Reset Register is used for "command" type functions 
such as software reset, BC/MT Start, Interrupt reset, Time Tag 
Reset, Time Tag Register Test, Initiate protocol self-test, Initiate 
RAM self-test, Clear self-test register, and Clear RT Halt. The 
Start/Reset Register also includes provisions for stopping the BC 
in its auto-repeat mode, either at the end of the current message 
or at the end of the current BC frame. 
“1” FOR MESSAGE INTERRUPT EVENT 
”0” FOR NON-MESSAGE INTERRUPT EVENT 
0 
SUBADDRESS CONTROL 
WORD EOM 
PROTOCOL SELF-TEST 
COMPLETE 
2 
RT CIRCULAR BUFFER 50% 
ROLLOVER 
NOT USED 
MODE CODE INTERRUPT 
RT ADDRESS PARITY 
ERROR 
3 
RT COMMAND (DESCRIPTOR) 
STACK ROLLOVER 
6 NOT USED
15 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
vidual receive (broadcast) subaddresses, and the alternate (fully 
software programmable) RT Status Word. For MT mode, use of 
the Enhanced Mode enables the Selective Message Monitor, the 
combined RT/Selective Monitor modes, and the monitor trigger-ing 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
capability. 
RT/MONITOR DATA STACK ADDRESS REGISTER 
The RT/Monitor Data Stack Address Register provides a 
read/writable indication of the last data word stored for RT or 
Monitor modes. 
BC FRAME TIME REMAINING REGISTER 
The BC Frame Time Remaining Register provides a read-only 
indication of the time remaining in the current BC frame. In the 
enhanced BC mode, this timer may be used for minor or major 
frame control, or as a watchdog timer for the BC message 
sequence control processor. The resolution of this register is 
100 μs/LSB. 
BC TIME REMAINING TO NEXT MESSAGE REGISTER 
The BC Time Remaining to Next Message Register provides a 
read-only indication of the time remaining before the start of the 
next message in a BC frame. In the enhanced BC mode, this 
timer may also be used for the BC message sequence control 
processor's Delay (DLY) instruction, or for minor or major frame 
control. The resolution of this register is 1 μs/LSB. 
BC FRAME TIME/ RT LAST COMMAND /MT TRIGGER 
WORD REGISTER 
In BC mode, this register is used to program the BC frame time, 
for use in the frame auto-repeat mode. The resolution of this reg-ister 
is 100 μs/LS, with a range up to 6.55 seconds. In RT mode, 
this register stores the current (or most previous) 1553 
Command Word processed by the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT. In the 
Word Monitor mode, this register is used to specify a 16-bit 
Trigger (Command) Word. The Trigger Word may be used to 
start or stop the monitor, or to generate interrupts. 
BC INITIAL INSTRUCTION LIST POINTER REGISTER 
The BC Initial Instruction List Pointer Register enables the host 
to assign the starting address for the enhanced BC Instruction 
List. 
RT STATUS WORD REGISTER AND BIT WORD 
REGISTERS 
The RT Status Word Register and BIT Word Registers provide 
read-only indications of the RT Status and BIT Words. 
CONFIGURATION REGISTERS #6 AND #7: 
Configuration Registers #6 and #7 are used to enable the Mini- 
ACE Mark3 features that extend beyond the architecture of the 
ACE/Mini-ACE (Plus). These include the Enhanced BC mode; 
RT Global Circular Buffer (including buffer size); the RT/MT 
Interrupt Status Queue, including valid/invalid message filtering; 
enabling a software-assigned RT address; clock frequency 
selection; a base address for the "non-data" portion of Mini-ACE 
BC/RT COMMAND STACK REGISTER 
The BC/RT Command Stack Register allows the host CPU to 
determine the pointer location for the current or most recent 
message. 
BC INSTRUCTION LIST POINTER REGISTER 
The BC Instruction List Pointer Register may be read to deter-mine 
the current location of the Instruction List Pointer for the 
Enhanced BC mode. 
BC CONTROL WORD/RT SUBADDRESS CONTROL 
WORD REGISTER 
In BC mode, the BC Control Word/RT Subaddress Control Word 
Register allows host access to the current word or most recent 
BC Control Word. The BC Control Word contains bits that select 
the active bus and message format, enable off-line self-test, 
masking of Status Word bits, enable retries and interrupts, and 
specify MIL-STD-1553A or -1553B error handling. In RT mode, 
this register allows host access to the current or most recent 
Subaddress Control Word. The Subaddress Control Word is 
used to select the memory management scheme and enable 
interrupts for the current message. 
TIME TAG REGISTER 
The Time Tag Register maintains the value of a real-time clock. 
The resolution of this register is programmable from among 2, 4, 
8, 16, 32, and 64 μs/LSB. The Start-of-Message (SOM) and 
End-of-Message (EOM) sequences in BC, RT, and Message 
Monitor modes cause a write of the current value of the Time Tag 
Register to the stack area of the RAM. 
INTERRUPT STATUS REGISTERS #1 AND #2 
Interrupt Status Registers #1 and #2 allow the host processor to 
determine the cause of an interrupt request by means of one or 
two read accesses. The interrupt events of the two Interrupt 
Status Registers are mapped to correspond to the respective bit 
positions in the two Interrupt Mask Registers. Interrupt Status 
Register #2 contains an INTERRUPT CHAIN bit, used to indi-cate 
an interrupt event from Interrupt Status Register #1. 
CONFIGURATION REGISTERS #3, #4, AND #5 
Configuration Registers #3, #4, and #5 are used to enable many 
of the Mini-ACE Mark3’s advanced features that were imple-mented 
by the prior generation products, the ACE and Mini-ACE 
(Plus). For BC, RT, and MT modes, use of the Enhanced Mode 
enables the various read-only bits in Configuration Register #1. 
For BC mode, Enhanced Mode features include the expanded 
BC Control Word and BC Block Status Word, additional Stop-On- 
Error and Stop-On-Status Set functions, frame auto-repeat, pro-grammable 
intermessage gap times, automatic retries, expand-ed 
Status Word Masking, and the capability to generate inter-rupts 
following the completion of any selected message. For RT 
mode, the Enhanced Mode features include the expanded RT 
Block Status Word, combined RT/Selective Message Monitor 
mode, automatic setting of the TERMINAL FLAG Status Word bit 
following a loop test failure; the double buffering scheme for indi-
BC GENERAL PURPOSE QUEUE POINTER 
The BC General Purpose Queue Pointer provides a means for 
initializing the pointer for the General Purpose Queue, for the 
Enhanced BC mode. In addition, this register enables the host to 
determine the current location of the General Purpose Queue 
pointer, which is incremented internally by the Enhanced BC 
message sequence control engine. 
RT/MT INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE POINTER 
The RT/MT Interrupt Status Queue Pointer provides a means for 
initializing the pointer for the Interrupt Status Queue, for RT, MT, 
and RT/MT modes. In addition, this register enables the host to 
determine the current location of the Interrupt Status Queue 
pointer, which is incremented by the RT/MT message processor. 
BUS CONTROLLER (BC) ARCHITECTURE 
The BC functionality for the Mini-ACE Mark3 includes two sepa-rate 
architectures: (1) the older, non-Enhanced Mode, which pro-vides 
complete compatibility with the previous ACE and Mini- 
ACE (Plus) generation products; and (2) the newer, Enhanced 
BC mode. The Enhanced BC mode offers several new powerful 
architectural features. These include the incorporation of a high-ly 
autonomous BC message sequence control engine, which 
greatly serves to offload the operation of the host CPU. 
NOTE: Please see Appendix “F” of the Enhanced Mini-ACE 
Users Guide for important information applicable only to RT 
MODE operation, enabling of the interrupt status queue and 
use of specific non-message interrupts. 
OP CODE 
FIGURE 2. BC MESSAGE SEQUENCE CONTROL 
DATA BLOCK 
MESSAGE 
CONTROL/STATUS 
PARAMETER 
(POINTER) 
BLOCK 
BC INSTRUCTION 
LIST 
BC INSTRUCTION 
LIST POINTER REGISTER 
BC CONTROL 
WORD 
COMMAND WORD 
(Rx Command for 
RT-to-RT transfer) 
DATA BLOCK POINTER 
TIME-TO-NEXT MESSAGE 
TIME TAG WORD 
BLOCK STATUS WORD 
LOOPBACK WORD 
RT STATUS WORD 
2nd (Tx) COMMAND WORD 
(for RT-to-RT transfer) 
2nd RT STATUS WORD 
(for RT-to-RT transfer) 
INITIALIZE BY REGISTER 
0D (RD/WR); READ CURRENT 
VALUE VIA REGISTER 03 
(RD ONLY) 
16 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
Mark3 memory; LSB filtering for the Synchronize (with data) time 
tag operations; and enabling a watchdog timer for the Enhanced 
BC message sequence control engine. 
BC CONDITION CODE REGISTER 
The BC Condition Code Register is used to enable the host 
processor to read the current value of the Enhanced BC 
Message Sequence Control Engine's condition flags. 
BC GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG REGISTER 
The BC General Purpose Flag Register allows the host proces-sor 
to be able to set, clear, or toggle any of the Enhanced BC 
Message Sequence Control Engine's General Purpose condition 
flags. 
BIT TEST STATUS REGISTER 
The BIT Test Status Register is used to provide read-only access 
to the status of the protocol and RAM built-in self-tests (BIT).
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 
Odd 
OpCode Field 0 1 0 1 0 Condition Code Field 
Parity 
17 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
The Enhanced BC's message sequence control engine provides 
a high degree of flexibility for implementing major and minor 
frame scheduling; capabilities for inserting asynchronous mes-sages 
in the middle of a frame; to separate 1553 message data 
from control/status data for the purpose of implementing double 
buffering and performing bulk data transfers; for implementing 
message retry schemes, including the capability for automatic 
bus channel switchover for failed messages; and for reporting 
various conditions to the host processor by means of four user-defined 
interrupts and a general purpose queue. 
In both the non-Enhanced and Enhanced BC modes, the Mini- 
ACE Mark3 BC implements all MIL-STD-1553B message for-mats. 
Message format is programmable on a message-by-mes-sage 
basis by means of the BC Control Word and the T/R bit of 
the Command Word for the respective message. The BC Control 
Word allows 1553 message format, 1553A/B type RT, bus chan-nel, 
self-test, and Status Word masking to be specified on an 
individual message basis. In addition, automatic retries and/or 
interrupt requests may be enabled or disabled for individual mes-sages. 
The BC performs all error checking required by MIL-STD- 
1553B. This includes validation of response time, sync type and 
sync encoding, Manchester II encoding, parity, bit count, word 
count, Status Word RT Address field, and various RT-to-RT 
transfer errors. The Mini-ACE Mark3 BC response timeout value 
is programmable with choices of 18, 22, 50, and 130 μs. The 
longer response timeout values allow for operation over long 
buses and/or the use of repeaters. 
In its non-Enhanced Mode, the Mini-ACE Mark3 may be pro-grammed 
to process BC frames of up to 512 messages with no 
processor intervention. In the Enhanced BC mode, there is no 
explicit limit to the number of messages that may be processed 
in a frame. In both modes, it is possible to program for either sin-gle 
frame or frame auto-repeat operation. In the auto-repeat 
mode, the frame repetition rate may be controlled either inter-nally, 
using a programmable BC frame timer, or from an external 
trigger input. 
ENHANCED BC MODE: MESSAGE SEQUENCE CONTROL 
One of the major new architectural features of the Mini-ACE 
Mark3 series is its advanced capability for BC message 
sequence control. The Mini-ACE Mark3 supports highly 
autonomous BC operation, which greatly offloads the operation 
of the host processor. 
The operation of the Mini-ACE Mark3’s message sequence 
control engine is illustrated in FIGURE 2. The BC message 
sequence control involves an instruction list pointer register; 
an instruction list which contains multiple 2-word entries; a 
message control/status stack, which contains multiple 8-word 
or 10-word descriptors; and data blocks for individual mes-sages. 
The initial value of the instruction list pointer register is initialized 
by the host processor (via Register 0D), and is incremented by 
the BC message sequence processor (host readable via 
Register 03). During operation, the message sequence control 
processor fetches the operation referenced by the instruction list 
pointer register from the instruction list. 
Note that the pointer parameter referencing the first word of a 
message's control/status block (the BC Control Word) must con-tain 
an address value that is modulo 8. Also, note that if the 
message is an RT-to-RT transfer, the pointer parameter must 
contain an address value that is modulo 16. 
OP CODES 
The instruction list pointer register references a pair of words in 
the BC instruction list: an op code word, followed by a parameter 
word. The format of the op code word, which is illustrated in FIG-URE 
3, includes a 5-bit op code field and a 5-bit condition code 
field. The op code identifies the instruction to be executed by the 
BC message sequence controller. 
Most of the operations are conditional, with execution dependent 
on the contents of the condition code field. Bits 3-0 of the condi-tion 
code field identifies a particular condition. Bit 4 of the condi-tion 
code field identifies the logic sense ("1" or "0") of the select-ed 
condition code on which the conditional execution is depen-dent. 
TABLE 36 lists all the op codes, along with their respective 
mnemonic, code value, parameter, and description. TABLE 37 
defines all the condition codes. 
FIGURE 3. BC OP CODE FORMAT
18 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
Eight of the condition codes (8 through F) are set or cleared as 
the result of the most recent message. The other eight are 
defined as "General Purpose" condition codes GP0 through 
GP7.There are three mechanisms for programming the values of 
the General Purpose Condition Code bits: (1) They may be set, 
cleared, or toggled by the host processor, by means of the BC 
GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG REGISTER; (2) they may be set, 
cleared, or toggled by the BC message sequence control 
processor, by means of the GP Flag Bits (FLG) instruction; and 
(3) GP0 and GP1 only (but none of the others) may be set or 
cleared by means of the BC message sequence control proces-sor's 
Compare Frame Timer (CFT) or Compare Message Timer 
(CMT) instructions. 
The host processor also has read-only access to the BC condi-tion 
codes by means of the BC CONDITION CODE REGISTER. 
Note that four (4) instructions are unconditional. These are 
Compare to Frame Timer (CFT), Compare to Message Timer 
(CMT), GP Flag Bits (FLG), and Execute and Flip (XQF). For 
these instructions, the Condition Code Field is "don't care". That 
is, these instructions are always executed, regardless of the 
result of the condition code test. 
All of the other instructions are conditional. That is, they will only be 
executed if the condition code specified by the condition code field 
in the op code word tests true. If the condition code field tests false, 
the instruction list pointer will skip down to the next instruction. 
As shown in TABLE 36, many of the operations include a single-word 
parameter. For an XEQ (execute message) operation, the 
parameter is a pointer to the start of the message’s Control / 
Status block. For other operations, the parameter may be an 
address, a time value, an interrupt pattern, a mechanism to set 
or clear general purpose flag bits, or an immediate value. For 
several op codes, the parameter is "don't care" (not used). 
As described above, some of the op codes will cause the mes-sage 
sequence control processor to execute messages. In this 
case, the parameter references the first word of a message 
Control/Status block. With the exception of RT-to-RT transfer 
messages, all message status/control blocks are eight words 
long: a block control word, time-to-next-message parameter, 
data block pointer, command word, status word, loopback word, 
block status word, and time tag word. 
In the case of an RT-to-RT transfer message, the size of the 
message control/status block increases to 16 words. However, in 
this case, the last six words are not used; the ninth and tenth 
words are for the second command word and second status 
word. 
The third word in the message control/status block is a pointer 
that references the first word of the message's data word block. 
Note that the data word block stores only data words, which are 
to be either transmitted or received by the BC. By segregating 
data words from command words, status words, and other con-trol 
and "housekeeping" functions, this architecture enables the 
use of convenient, usable data structures, such as circular 
buffers and double buffers. 
Other operations support program flow control; i.e., jump and call 
capability. The call capability includes maintenance of a call 
stack which supports a maximum of four (4) entries; there is also 
a return instruction. In the case of a call stack overrun or under-run, 
the BC will issue a CALL STACK POINTER REGISTER 
ERROR interrupt, if enabled. 
Other op codes may be used to delay for a specified time; start a 
new BC frame; wait for an external trigger to start a new frame; 
perform comparisons based on frame time and time-to-next mes-sage; 
load the time tag or frame time registers; halt; and issue host 
interrupts. In the case of host interrupts, the message control 
processor passes a 4-bit user-defined interrupt vector to the host, 
by means of the Mini-ACE Mark3's Interrupt Status Register. 
The purpose of the FLG instruction is to enable the message 
sequence controller to set, clear, or toggle the value(s) of any or 
all of the eight general purpose condition flags. 
The op code parity bit encompasses all sixteen bits of the op 
code word. This bit must be programmed for odd parity. If the 
message sequence control processor fetches an undefined op 
code word, an op code word with even parity, or bits 9-5 of an op 
code word do not have a binary pattern of 01010, the message 
sequence control processor will immediately halt the BC's oper-ation. 
In addition, if enabled, a BC TRAP OP CODE interrupt will 
be issued. Also, if enabled, a parity error will result in an OP 
CODE PARITY ERROR interrupt. TABLE 37 describes the 
Condition Codes.
Conditional 
(See Note) 
Conditional 
Conditional 
Conditional 
Conditional 
Conditional 
19 
Execute 
Message 
XEQ 
Jump 
Subroutine 
Call 
Subroutine 
Return 
Halt 
JMP 
CAL 
RTN 
HLT 
Delay 
DLY 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
Executes the message at the specified Message Control/Status 
Block Address if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise con-tinue 
execution at the next OpCode in the instruction list. 
Jump to the OpCode specified in the Instruction List if the con-dition 
flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execution at the next 
OpCode in the instruction list. 
Jump to the OpCode specified by the Instruction List Address 
and push the Address of the Next OpCode on the Call Stack if 
the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execution at 
the next OpCode in the instruction list. Note that the maximum 
depth of the subroutine call stack is four. 
Return to the OpCode popped off the Call Stack if the condition 
flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execution at the next 
OpCode in the instruction list. 
Stop execution of the Message Sequence Control Program until 
a new BC Start is issued by the host if the condition flag tests 
TRUE, otherwise continue execution at the next OpCode in the 
instruction list. 
Delay the time specified by the Time parameter before execut-ing 
the next OpCode if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise 
continue execution at the next OpCode without delay. The delay 
generated will use the Time to Next Message Timer. 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
TABLE 36. BC OPERATIONS FOR MESSAGE SEQUENCE CONTROL 
INSTRUCTION MNEMONIC 
OP CODE 
(HEX) 
PARAMETER 
CONDITIONAL 
OR 
UNCONDITIONAL 
DESCRIPTION 
Interrupt 
Request 
IRQ 
0001 
0002 
0003 
0004 
0006 
Message Control / 
Status Block 
Address 
Instruction List 
Address 
Instruction List 
Address 
Not Used 
(Don’t Care) 
Interrupt 
Bit Pattern 
in 4 LS bits 
Conditional 
Generate an interrupt if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise 
continue execution at the next OpCode in the instruction list. 
The passed parameter (Interrupt Bit Pattern) specifies which of 
the ENHANCED BC IRQ bit(s) (bits 5-2) will be set in Interrupt 
Status Register #2. Only the four LSBs of the passed parameter 
are used. A parameter where the four LSBs are logic "0" will 
not generate an interrupt. 
Compare to 
Frame Timer 
CFT 
0007 
0008 
000A 
Not Used 
(Don’t Care) 
Delay Time Value 
(Resolution = 1μS 
/ LSB) 
Delay Time Value 
(Resolution 
= 100μS / LSB) 
Unconditional 
Compare Time Value to Frame Time Counter. The LT/GP0 and 
EQ/GP1 flag bits are set or cleared based on the results of the 
compare. If the value of the CFT's parameter is less than the 
value of the frame time counter, then the LT/GP0 and NE/GP1 
flags will be set, while the GT-EQ/GP0 and EQ/GP1 flags will 
be cleared. If the value of the CFT's parameter is equal to the 
value of the frame time counter, then the GT-EQ/GP0 and 
EQ/GP1 flags will be set, while the LT/GP0 and NE/GP1 flags 
will be cleared. If the value of the CFT's parameter is greater 
than the current value of the frame time counter, then the GT-EQ/ 
GP0 and NE/GP1 flags will be set, while the LT/GP0 and 
EQ/GP1 flags will be cleared. 
Compare to 
Message 
Timer 
CMT 
000B 
Delay Time Value 
(Resolution 
= 1μS / LSB) 
Unconditional 
Compare Time Value to Message Time Counter. The LT/GP0 and 
EQ/GP1 flag bits are set or cleared based on the results of the 
compare. If the value of the CMT's parameter is less than the value 
of the message time counter, then the LT/GP0 and NE/GP1 flags 
will be set, while the GT-EQ/GP0 and EQ/GP1 flags will be cleared. 
If the value of the CMT's parameter is equal to the value of the mes-sage 
time counter, then the GT-EQ/GP0 and EQ/GP1 flags will be 
set, while the LT/GP0 and NE/GP1 flags will be cleared. If the value 
of the CMT's parameter is greater than the current value of the 
message time counter, then the GT-EQ/GP0 and NE/GP1 flags will 
be set, while the LT/GP0 and EQ/GP1 flags will be cleared. 
Wait Until 
Frame Timer 
= 0 
WFT 
0009 
Not Used 
(Don’t Care) 
Conditional 
Wait until Frame Time counter is equal to Zero before continu-ing 
execution of the Message Sequence Control Program if the 
condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execution at the 
next OpCode without delay. 
NOTE: While the XEQ (Execute Message) instruction is conditional, not all condition codes may be used to enable its use. The ALWAYS and NEVER condition codes 
may be used. The eight general purpose flag bits, GP0 through GP7, may also be used. However, if GP0 through GP7 are used, it is imperative that the host processor 
not modify the value of the specific general purpose flag bit that enabled a particular message while that message is being processed. Similarly, the LT, GT-EQ, EQ, and 
NE flags, which the BC only updates by means of the CFT and CMT instructions, may also be used. However, these two flags are dual use. Therefore, if these are used, it 
is imperative that the host processor not modify the value of the specific flag (GP0 or GP1) that enabled a particular message while that message is being processed. The 
NORESP, FMT ERR, GD BLK XFER, MASKED STATUS SET, BAD MESSAGE, RETRY0, and RETRY1 condition codes are not available for use with the XEQ instruction 
and should not be used to enable its execution.
TABLE 36. BC OPERATIONS FOR MESSAGE SEQUENCE CONTROL (CONT.) 
20 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
Bit 0 Effect on GP0 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
Push Block 
Status Word 
PBS 0011 Not Used 
(Don't Care) 
Conditional Push the Block Status Word for the most recent message on 
the General Purpose Queue if the condition flag tests TRUE, 
otherwise continue execution at the next OpCode in the 
instruction list. 
INSTRUCTION MNEMONIC 
OP CODE 
(HEX) 
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION 
Load Time Tag 
Counter 
LTT 000D Time Value. 
Resolution 
(μs/LSB) is 
defined by bits 9, 
8, and 7 of 
Configuration 
Register #2. 
Conditional Load Time Tag Counter with Time Value if the condition flag 
tests TRUE, otherwise continue execution at the next 
OpCode in the instruction list. 
Load Frame 
Timer 
LFT 000E Time Value 
(resolution = 
100 μs/LSB) 
Conditional Load Frame Timer Register with the Time Value parameter 
if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execu-tion 
at the next OpCode in the instruction list. 
Start Frame 
Timer 
SFT 000F Not Used 
(Don't Care) 
Conditional Start Frame Time Counter with Time Value in Time Frame 
register if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue 
execution at the next OpCode in the instruction list. 
Push Time Tag 
Register 
PTT 0010 Not Used 
(Don't Care) 
Conditional Push the value of the Time Tag Register on the General 
Purpose Queue if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise 
continue execution at the next OpCode in the instruction list. 
Push Immediate 
Value 
PSI 0012 Immediate Value Conditional Push Immediate data on the General Purpose Queue if the 
condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execution at 
the next OpCode in the instruction list. 
Push Indirect PSM 0013 Memory 
Address 
Conditional Push the data stored at the specified memory location on 
the General Purpose Queue if the condition flag tests TRUE, 
otherwise continue execution at the next OpCode in the 
instruction list. 
Wait for 
External 
Trigger 
WTG 0014 Not Used 
(Don't Care) 
Conditional Wait for a logic "0"-to-logic "1" transition on the EXT_TRIG 
input signal before proceeding to the next OpCode in the 
instruction list if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise 
continue execution at the next OpCode without delay. 
Execute and 
Flip 
XQF 0015 Message 
Control / 
Status Block 
Address 
Unconditional Execute (unconditionally) the message referenced by the 
Message Control/Status Block Address. Following the pro-cessing 
of this message, if the condition flag tests TRUE, 
the BC will toggle bit 4 in the Message Control/Status Block 
Address, and store the new Message Block Address as the 
updated value of the parameter following the XQF instruc-tion 
code. As a result, the next time that this line in the 
instruction list is executed, the Message Control/Status 
Block at the updated address (old address XOR 0010h), 
rather than the old address, will be processed. If the condi-tion 
flag tests FALSE, the value of the Message 
Control/Status Block Address parameter will not change. 
CONDITIONAL 
OR 
UNCONDITIONAL 
GP Flag Bits FLG 000C Used to set, 
clear, or toggle 
GP 
(General 
Purpose) 
Flag bits 
(See descrip-tion) 
Unconditional Used to set, toggle, or clear any or all of the eight general 
purpose flags. The table below illustrates the use of the GP 
Flag Bits instruction for the case of GP0 (General Purpose 
Flag 0). Bits 1 and 9 of the parameter byte affect flag GP1, 
bits 2 and 10 effect GP2, etc., according to the following 
rules: 
Bit 8 
0 
0 
1 
0 
1 
0 
1 1 
No Change 
Set Flag 
Clear Flag 
Toggle Flag
9 FMT ERR FMT ERR FMT ERR indicates that the received portion of the most recent message contained one or more viola-tions 
of the 1553 message validation criteria (sync, encoding, parity, bit count, word count, etc.), or the 
RT's status word received from a responding RT contained an incorrect RT address field. 
C BAD MESSAGE indicates either a format error, loop test fail, or no response error for the most recent 
message. Note that a "Status Set" condition has no effect on the "BAD MESSAGE/GOOD MESSAGE" 
condition code. 
21 
NAME 
(BIT 4 = 0) 
1 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
8 
TABLE 37. BC CONDITION CODES 
BIT 
CODE 
LT/GP0 
EQ/GP1 
RETRY0 
RETRY1 
GP2 
GP3 
GP4 
GP5 
GP6 
GP7 
RESP 
RETRY0 
RETRY1 
D 
E 
GP2 
GP3 
GP4 
GP5 
GP6 
GP7 
NORESP 
GD BLK 
XFER 
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION 
These two bits reflect the retry status of the most recent message. The number of times that the mes-sage 
was retried is delineated by these two bits as shown below: 
RETRY COUNT 1 RETRY COUNT 0 Number of 
(bit 14) (bit 13) Message Retries 
0 0 0 
0 1 1 
1 0 N/A 
1 1 2 
INVERSE 
(BIT 4 = 1) 
GT-EQ/ 
GP0 
NE/GP1 
0 
ALWAYS 
Less than or GP0 flag. This bit is set or cleared based on the results of the compare. If the value of the 
CMT's parameter is less than the value of the message time counter, then the LT/GP0 and NE/GP1 
flags will be set, while the GT-EQ/GP0 and EQ/GP1 flags will be cleared. If the value of the CMT's 
parameter is equal to the value of the message time counter, then the GT-EQ/GP0 and EQ/GP1 flags 
will be set, while the LT/GP0 and NE/GP1 flags will be cleared. If the value of the CMT's parameter is 
greater than the current value of the message time counter, then the GT-EQ/GP0 and NE/GP1 flags will 
be set , while the LT/GP0 and EQ/GP1 flags will be cleared. Also, General Purpose Flag 1 may be also 
be set or cleared by a FLG operation. 
F NEVER 
Equal Flag. This bit is set or cleared after CFT or CMT operation. If the value of the CMT's parameter is 
equal to the value of the message time counter, then the EQ/GP1 flag will be set and the NE/GP1 bit 
will be cleared. If the value of the CMT's parameter is not equal to the value of the message time 
counter, then the NE/GP1 flag will be set and the EQ/GP1bit will be cleared. Also, General Purpose 
Flag 1 may be also be set or cleared by a FLG operation. 
GD BLK 
XFER 
BAD 
MESSAGE 
GOOD 
MESSAGE 
The ALWAYS flag should be set (bit 4 = 0) to designate an instruction as unconditional. The NEVER bit 
(bit 4 = 1) can be used to implement a NOP or "skip" instruction. 
MASKED 
STATUS 
BIT 
MASKED 
STATUS 
BIT 
B 
General Purpose Flags may be set, cleared, or toggled by a FLG operation. The host processor can 
set, clear, or toggle these flags in the same way as the FLG instruction by means of the BC GENERAL 
PURPOSE FLAG REGISTER. 
Indicates that one or both of the following conditions have occurred for the most recent message: (1) If 
one (or more) of the Status Mask bits (14 through 9) in the BC Control Word is logic "0" and the corre-sponding 
bit(s) is (are) set (logic "1") in the received RT Status Word. In the case of the RESERVED 
BITS MASK (bit 9) set to logic "0," any or all of the 3 Reserved Status Word bits being set will result in 
a MASKED STATUS SET condition; and/or (2) If BROADCAST MASK ENABLED/XOR (bit 11 of 
Configuration Register #4) is logic "1" and the MASK BROADCAST bit of the message's BC Control 
Word is logic "0" and the BROADCAST COMMAND RECEIVED bit in the received RT Status Word is 
logic "1." 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
NORESP indicates that an RT has either not responded or has responded later than the BC No 
Response Timeout time. The Mini-ACE Mark3's No Response Timeout Time is defined per 
MIL-STD-1553B as the time from the mid-bit crossing of the parity bit of the last word transmitted by 
the BC to the mid-sync crossing of the RT Status Word. The value of the No Response Timeout value 
is programmable from among the nominal values 18.5, 22.5, 50.5, and 130 μs (±1 μs) by means of bits 
10 and 9 of Configuration Register #5. 
A For the most recent message, GD BLK XFER will be set to logic "1" following completion of a valid 
(error-free) RT-to-BC transfer, RT-to-RT transfer, or transmit mode code with data message. This bit is 
set to logic "0" following an invalid message. GOOD DATA BLOCK TRANSFER is always logic "0" fol-lowing 
a BC-to-RT transfer, a mode code with data, or a mode code without data. The Loop Test has 
no effect on GOOD DATA BLOCK TRANSFER. GOOD DATA BLOCK TRANSFER may be used to 
determine if the transmitting portion of an RT-to-RT transfer was error free.
(part of) BC INSTRUCTION LIST MESSAGE 
CONTROL/STATUS 
MESSAGE 
CONTROL/STATUS 
BLOCK 1 
22 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
BC MESSAGE SEQUENCE CONTROL 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 BC message sequence control capability 
enables a high degree of offloading of the host processor. This 
includes using the various timing functions to enable 
autonomous structuring of major and minor frames. In addition, 
by implementing conditional jumps and subroutine calls, the 
message sequence control processor greatly simplifies the 
insertion of asynchronous, or "out-of-band" messages. 
EXECUTE AND FLIP OPERATION 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 BC's XQF, or "Execute and Flip" operation, 
provides some unique capabilities. Following execution of this 
unconditional instruction, if the condition code tests TRUE, the 
BC will modify the value of the current XQF instruction's pointer 
parameter by toggling bit 4 of the pointer. That is, if the selected 
condition flag tests true, the value of the parameter will be 
updated to the value = old address XOR 0010h. As a result, the 
next time that this line in the instruction list is executed, the 
Message Control/Status Block at the updated address (old 
address XOR 0010h) will be processed, rather than the one at 
the old address. The operation of the XQF instruction is illustrat-ed 
in FIGURE 4. 
There are multiple ways of utilizing the "execute and flip" instruc-tion. 
One is to facilitate the implementation of a double buffering 
data scheme for individual messages. This allows the message 
sequence control processor to "ping-pong" between a pair of 
data buffers for a particular message. By doing so, the host 
processor can access one of the two Data Word blocks, while the 
BC reads or writes the alternate Data Word block. 
A second application of the "execute and flip" capability is in con-junction 
with message retries. This allows the BC to not only 
switch buses when retrying a failed message, but to automati-cally 
switch buses permanently for all future times that the same 
message is to be processed. This not only provides a high 
degree of autonomy from the host CPU, but saves BC band-width, 
by eliminating the need for future attempts to process 
messages on an RT's failed channel. 
XQF 
BLOCK 0 
POINTER XX00h 
DATA BLOCK 0 
XX00h 
DATA BLOCK 1 
POINTER 
POINTER 
FIGURE 4. EXECUTE and FLIP (XQF) OPERATION
23 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
GENERAL PURPOSE QUEUE 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 BC allows for the creation of a general pur-pose 
queue. This data structure provides a means for the mes-sage 
sequence processor to convey information to the BC host. 
The BC op code repertoire provides mechanisms to push vari-ous 
items on this queue. These include the contents of the Time 
Tag Register, the Block Status Word for the most recent mes-sage, 
an immediate data value, or the contents of a specified 
memory address. 
FIGURE 5 illustrates the operation of the BC General Purpose 
Queue. Note that the BC General Purpose Queue Pointer 
Register will always point to the next address location (modulo 
64); that is, the location following the last location written by the 
BC message sequence control engine. 
If enabled, a BC GENERAL PURPOSE QUEUE ROLLOVER 
interrupt will be issued when the value of the queue pointer 
address rolls over at a 64-word boundary. The rollover will always 
occur at a modulo 64 address. 
BC GENERAL 
PURPOSE QUEUE 
(64 Locations) 
LAST LOCATION 
BC GENERAL 
PURPOSE QUEUE 
POINTER 
REGISTER 
NEXT LOCATION 
FIGURE 5. BC GENERAL PURPOSE QUEUE
24 
TABLE 38. TYPICAL RT MEMORY MAP (SHOWN 
FOR 4K RAM) 
DESCRIPTION 
ADDRESS 
(HEX) 
0000-00FF Stack A 
Stack Pointer A 
Global Circular Buffer A Pointer 
0100 
0101 
0102-0103 RESERVED 
Stack Pointer B 
Global Circular Buffer B Pointer 
RESERVED 
0104 
0105 
0106-0107 
0108-010F Mode Code Selective Interrupt Table 
0110-013F Mode Code Data 
0140-01BF Lookup Table A 
01C0-023F Lookup Table B 
0240-0247 Busy Bit Lookup Table 
0248-025F (not used) 
0260-027F Data Block 0 
0280-02FF Data Block 1-4 
0300-03FF Command Illegalizing Table 
0400-041F Data Block 5 
0420-043F Data Block 6 
• • 
• • 
• • 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
AREA A AREA B DESCRIPTION COMMENT 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
REMOTE TERMINAL (RT) ARCHITECTURE 
The Mini-ACE Mark3's RT architecture builds upon that of the 
ACE and Mini-ACE. The Mini-ACE Mark3 provides multiprotocol 
support, with full compliance to all of the commonly used data bus 
standards, including MIL-STD-1553A, MIL-STD-1553B Notice 2, 
STANAG 3838, General Dynamics 16PP303, and McAirA3818, 
A5232, and A5690. For the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT mode, there is 
programmable flexibility enabling the RT to be configured to fulfill 
any set of system requirements. This includes the capability to 
meet the MIL-STD-1553A response time requirement of 2 to 5 μs, 
and multiple options for mode code subaddresses, mode codes, 
RT status word, and RT BIT word. 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 RT protocol design implements all of the 
MIL-STD-1553B message formats and dual redundant mode 
codes. The design has passed validation testing for MIL-STD- 
1553B compliance. The Mini-ACE Mark3 RT performs compre-hensive 
error checking including word and format validation, and 
checks for various RT-to-RT transfer errors. One of the main fea-tures 
of the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT is its choice of memory man-agement 
options. These include single buffering by subaddress, 
double buffering for individual receive subaddresses, circular 
buffering by individual subaddresses, and global circular buffering 
for multiple (or all) subaddresses. 
Other features of the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT include a set of inter-rupt 
conditions, a flexible status queue with filtering based on 
valid and/or invalid messages, flexible command illegalization, 
programmable busy by subaddress, multiple options on time tag-ging, 
and an "auto-boot" feature which allows the RT to initialize 
as an online RT with the busy bit set following power turn-on. 
RT MEMORY ORGANIZATION 
TABLE 38 illustrates a typical memory map for an Mini-ACE 
Mark3 RT with 4K RAM. The two Stack Pointers reside in fixed 
locations in the shared RAM address space: address 0100 (hex) 
for the Area A Stack Pointer and address 0104 for the Area B 
Stack Pointer. In addition to the Stack Pointer, there are several 
other areas of the shared RAM address space that are designat-ed 
as fixed locations (all shown in bold). These are for the Area 
A and Area B lookup tables, the illegalization lookup table, the 
busy lookup table, and the mode code data tables. 
The RT lookup tables (reference TABLE 39) provide a mecha-nism 
for allocating data blocks for individual transmit, receive, or 
broadcast subaddresses. The RT lookup tables include subad-dress 
control words as well as the individual data block pointers. 
If command illegalization is used, address range 0300-03FF is 
used for command illegalizing. The descriptor stack RAM area, as 
well as the individual data blocks, may be located in any of the 
non-fixed areas in the shared RAM address space. 
Note that in TABLE 38, there is no area allocated for "Stack B". 
This is shown for purpose of simplicity of illustration. Also, note 
that in TABLE 38, the allocated area for the RT command stack is 
256 words. However, larger stack sizes are possible. That is, the 
RT command stack size may be programmed for 256 words (64 
messages), 512, 1024, or 2048 words (512 messages) by means 
of bits 14 and 13 of Configuration Register 3. 
0FE0-0FFF Data Block 100 
Subaddress 
Control Word 
Lookup Table 
(Optional) 
SACW SA0 
• 
• 
• 
SACW SA31 
0220 
• 
• 
• 
023F 
01A0 
• 
• 
• 
01BF 
Broadcast 
Lookup Pointer 
Table 
(Optional) 
Bcst SA0 
• 
• 
• 
Bcst SA31 
0200 
• 
• 
• 
021F 
0180 
• 
• 
• 
019F 
Transmit 
Lookup Pointer 
Table 
Tx SA0 
• 
• 
• 
Tx SA31 
01E0 
• 
• 
• 
01FF 
0160 
• 
• 
• 
017F 
Receive 
(/Broadcast) 
Lookup Pointer 
Table 
Rx(/Bcst) SA0 
• 
• 
• 
Rx(/Bcst) SA31 
01C0 
• 
• 
• 
01DF 
0140 
• 
• 
• 
015F 
TABLE 39. RT LOOK-UP TABLES
TABLE 40. RT SUBADDRESS CONTROL WORD - MEMORY MANAGEMENT OPTIONS 
SUBADDRESS CONTROL WORD BITS 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 0 0 1 128-Word 
0 0 1 0 256-Word 
0 0 1 1 512-Word 
0 1 0 0 1024-Word 
0 1 1 0 4096-Word 
25 
0 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
Single Message 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
RT MEMORY MANAGEMENT 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 provides a variety of RT memory manage-ment 
capabilities. As with the ACE and Mini-ACE, the choice of 
memory management scheme is fully programmable on a trans-mit/ 
receive/broadcast subaddress basis. 
In compliance with MIL-STD-1553B Notice 2, received data from 
broadcast messages may be optionally separated from non-broadcast 
received data. For each transmit, receive or broadcast 
subaddress, either a single-message data block, a double 
buffered configuration (two alternating Data Word blocks), or a 
variable-sized (128 to 8192 words) subaddress circular buffer 
may be allocated for data storage. The memory management 
scheme for individual subaddresses is designated by means of 
the subaddress control word (reference TABLE 40). 
For received data, there is also a global circular buffer mode. In 
this configuration, the data words received from multiple (or all) 
subaddresses are stored in a common circular buffer structure. 
Like the subaddress circular buffer, the size of the global circular 
buffer is programmable, with a range of 128 to 8192 data words. 
The double buffering feature provides a means for the host 
processor to easily access the most recent, complete received 
block of valid Data Words for any given subaddress. In addition 
to helping ensure data sample consistency, the circular buffer 
options provide a means for greatly reducing host processor 
overhead for multi-message bulk data transfer applications. 
End-of-message interrupts may be enabled either globally (fol-lowing 
all messages), following error messages, on a 
transmit/receive/broadcast subaddress or mode code basis, or 
when a circular buffer reaches its midpoint (50% boundary) or 
lower (100%) boundary. A pair of interrupt status registers allow 
the host processor to determine the cause of all interrupts by 
means of a single read operation. 
Subaddress - 
specific circular buffer 
of specified size. 
8192-Word 
1 
(for receive and / or broadcast subaddresses only) 
Global Circular Buffer: The buffer size is specified by 
Configuration Register #6, bits 11-9. The pointer to the global 
circular buffer is stored at address 0101 (for Area A) or address 
0105 (for Area B) 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
For Receive or Broadcast: 
Double Buffered 
For Transmit: Single Message 
0 
0 
1 
0 
MM0 
MEMORY MANAGEMENT SUBADDRESS 
MM1 BUFFER SCHEME DESCRIPTION 
DOUBLE-BUFFERED OR 
GLOBAL CIRCULAR BUFFER 
(bit 15) MM2 
0 1 0 1 2048-Word
26 
CONFIGURATION 
REGISTER 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
SINGLE BUFFERED MODE 
The operation of the single buffered RT mode is illustrated in 
FIGURE 6. In the single buffered mode, the respective lookup 
table entry must be written by the host processor. Received data 
words are written to, or transmitted data words are read from the 
data word block with starting address referenced by the lookup 
table pointer. In the single buffered mode, the current lookup 
table pointer is not updated by the Mini-ACE Mark3 memory 
management logic. Therefore, if a subsequent message is 
received for the same subaddress, the same Data Word block 
will be overwritten or overread. 
SUBADDRESS DOUBLE BUFFERING MODE 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 provides a double buffering mechanism for 
received data, that may be selected on an individual subaddress 
basis for any or all receive (and/or broadcast) subaddresses. This 
is illustrated in FIGURE 7. It should be noted that the Subaddress 
Double Buffering mode is applicable for receive data only, not for 
transmit data. Double buffering of transmit messages may be 
easily implemented by software techniques. 
The purpose of the subaddress double buffering mode is to pro-vide 
data sample consistency to the host processor. This is 
accomplished by allocating two 32-word data word blocks for each 
individual receive (and/or broadcast receive) subaddress. At any 
given time, one of the blocks will be designated as the "active" 
1553 block while the other will be considered as "inactive". The 
data words for the next receive command to that subaddress will 
be stored in the active block. Following receipt of a valid message, 
the Mini-ACE Mark3 will automatically switch the active and inac-tive 
blocks for that subaddress. As a result, the latest, valid, com-plete 
data block is always accessible to the host processor. 
CIRCULAR BUFFER MODE 
The operation of the Mini-ACE Mark3's circular buffer RT mem-ory 
management mode is illustrated in FIGURE 8. As in the sin-gle 
buffered and double buffered modes, the individual lookup 
table entries are initially loaded by the host processor. At the 
start of each message, the lookup table entry is stored in the 
third position of the respective message block descriptor in the 
descriptor stack area of RAM. Receive or transmit data words 
are transferred to (from) the circular buffer, starting at the loca-tion 
referenced by the lookup table pointer. 
In general, the location after the last data word written or read 
(modulo the circular buffer size) during the message is written to 
the respective lookup table location during the end-of-message 
sequence. By so doing, data for the next message for the respec-tive 
transmit, receive(/broadcast), or broadcast subaddress will 
be accessed from the next lower contiguous block of locations in 
the circular buffer. 
For the case of a receive (or broadcast receive) message with a 
data word error, there is an option such that the lookup table 
pointer will only be updated following receipt of a valid message. 
That is, the pointer will not be updated following receipt of a 
message with an error in a data word. This allows failed mes-sages 
in a bulk data transfer to be retried without disrupting the 
circular buffer data structure, and without intervention by the 
RT's host processor. 
GLOBAL CIRCULAR BUFFER 
Beyond the programmable choice of single buffer mode, double 
buffer mode, or circular buffer mode, programmable on an individ-ual 
subaddress basis, the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT architecture pro- 
DESCRIPTOR 
STACKS 
FIGURE 6. RT SINGLE BUFFERED MODE 
DATA 
BLOCKS 
DATA BLOCK 
DATA BLOCK 
BLOCK STATUS WORD 
TIME TAG WORD 
DATA BLOCK POINTER 
RECEIVED COMMAND 
WORD 
LOOK-UP 
TABLE ADDR 
LOOK-UP TABLE 
(DATA BLOCK ADDR) 
15 13 0 
CURRENT 
AREA B/A 
STACK 
POINTERS 
(See note) 
Note: Lookup table is not used for mode commands when enhanced mode codes are enabled.
27 
vides an additional option, a variable sized global circular buffer. 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 RT allows for a mix of single buffered, dou-ble 
buffered, and individually circular buffered subaddresses, 
along with the use of the global double buffer for any arbitrary 
group of receive(/broadcast) or broadcast subaddresses. 
In the global circular buffer mode, the data for multiple receive 
subaddresses is stored in the same circular buffer data structure. 
The size of the global circular buffer may be programmed for 128, 
256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, or 8192 words, by means of bits 11, 
10, and 9 of Configuration Register #6. As shown in TABLE 40, 
individual subaddresses may be mapped to the global circular 
buffer by means of their respective subaddress control words. 
Notes: 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
DATA 
BLOCK 0 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
DATA BLOCK POINTER 
FIGURE 7. RT DOUBLE BUFFERED MODE 
15 13 0 
BLOCK STATUS WORD 
TIME TAG WORD 
DATA BLOCK POINTER 
RECEIVED COMMAND 
WORD 
CONFIGURATION 
REGISTER 
STACK 
POINTERS 
DESCRIPTOR 
STACK 
CURRENT 
AREA B/A 
DATA 
BLOCKS 
DATA 
BLOCK 1 
X..X 0 YYYYY 
X..X 1 YYYYY 
RECEIVE DOUBLE 
BUFFER ENABLE 
SUBADDRESS 
CONTROL WORD 
MSB 
LOOK-UP 
TABLES 
FIGURE 8. RT CIRCULAR BUFFERED MODE 
CIRCULAR 
BUFFER 
ROLLOVER 
15 13 0 
RECEIVED 
(TRANSMITTED) 
MESSAGE 
DATA 
(NEXT LOCATION) 
128, 
256 
8192 
WORDS 
POINTER TO 
CURRENT 
DATA BLOCK 
POINTER TO 
NEXT DATA 
BLOCK 
LOOK-UP TABLE 
ENTRY 
CIRCULAR 
DATA 
BUFFER 
LOOK-UP TABLES 
LOOK-UP 
TABLE 
ADDRESS 
BLOCK STATUS WORD 
TIME TAG WORD 
DATA BLOCK POINTER 
RECEIVED COMMAND 
WORD 
CONFIGURATION 
REGISTER 
STACK 
POINTERS 
DESCRIPTOR 
STACK 
CURRENT 
AREA B/A 
1. TX/RS/BCST_SA look-up table entry is updated following valid receive (broadcast) message 
or following completion of transit message 
* 
2. For the Global Circular Buffer Mode, the pointer is read from and re-written to Address 0101 (for Area A) 
or Address 0105 (for Area B). 
The pointer to the Global Circular Buffer will be stored in location 
0101 (for Area A), or location 0105 (for Area B). 
The global circular buffer option provides a highly efficient 
method for storing received message data. It allows for frequent-ly 
used subaddresses to be mapped to individual data blocks, 
while also providing a method for asynchronously received mes-sages 
to infrequently used subaddresses to be logged to a com-mon 
area. Alternatively, the global circular buffer provides an 
efficient means for storing the received data words for all subad-dresses. 
Under this method, all received data words are stored 
chronologically, regardless of subaddress.
28 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
RT DESCRIPTOR STACK 
The descriptor stack provides a chronology of all messages 
processed by the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT. Reference FIGURES 6, 7, 
and 8. Similar to BC mode, there is a four-word block descriptor 
in the Stack for each message processed. The four entries to 
each block descriptor are the Block Status Word, Time Tag Word, 
the pointer to the start of the message's data block, and the 16- 
bit received Command Word. 
The RT Block Status Word includes indications of whether a par-ticular 
message is ongoing or has been completed, what bus 
channel it was received on, indications of illegal commands, and 
flags denoting various message error conditions. For the double 
buffering, subaddress circular buffering, and global circular 
buffering modes, the data block pointer may be used for locating 
the data blocks for specific messages. Note that for mode code 
commands, there is an option to store the transmitted or 
received data word as the third word of the descriptor, in place of 
the data block pointer. 
The Time Tag Word provides a 16-bit indication of relative time 
for individual messages. The resolution of the Mini-ACE Mark3's 
time tag is programmable from among 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, or 64 
μs/LSB. There is also a provision for using an external clock input 
for the time tag (consult factory). If enabled, there is a time tag 
rollover interrupt, which is issued when the value of the time tag 
rolls over from FFFF(hex) to 0. Other time tag options include the 
capabilities to clear the time tag register following receipt of a 
Synchronize (without data) mode command and/or to set the 
time tag following receipt of a Synchronize (with data) mode 
command. For the latter, there is an added option to filter the 
"set" capability based on the LSB of the received data word 
being equal to logic "0". 
RT INTERRUPTS 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 offers a great deal of flexibility in terms of 
RT interrupt processing. By means of the Mini-ACE Mark3’s two 
Interrupt Mask Registers, the RT may be programmed to issue 
interrupt requests for the following events/conditions: End-of- 
(every)Message, Message Error, Selected (transmit or receive) 
Subaddress, 100% Circular Buffer Rollover, 50% Circular Buffer 
Rollover, 100% Descriptor Stack Rollover, 50% Descriptor Stack 
Rollover, Selected Mode Code, Transmitter Timeout, Illegal 
Command, and Interrupt Status Queue Rollover. 
Interrupts for 50% Rollovers of Stacks and Circular Buffers. 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 RT and Monitor are capable of issuing host 
interrupts when a subaddress circular buffer pointer or stack 
pointer crosses its mid-point boundary. For RT circular buffers, 
this is applicable for both transmit and receive subaddresses. 
Reference FIGURE 9. There are four interrupt mask and inter-rupt 
status register bits associated with the 50% rollover 
function: 
(1) RT circular buffer; 
(2) RT command (descriptor) stack; 
(3) Monitor command (descriptor) stack; and 
(4) Monitor data stack. 
The 50% rollover interrupt is beneficial for performing bulk data 
transfers. For example, when using circular buffering for a partic-ular 
receive subaddress, the 50% rollover interrupt will inform the 
host processor when the circular buffer is half full. At that time, 
the host may proceed to read the received data words in the 
upper half of the buffer, while the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT writes 
received data words to the lower half of the circular buffer. Later, 
when the RT issues a 100% circular buffer rollover interrupt, the 
host can proceed to read the received data from the lower half of 
the buffer, while the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT continues to write 
received data words to the upper half of the buffer. 
Interrupt status queue. The Mini-ACE Mark3 RT, Monitor, and 
combined RT/Monitor modes include the capability for generat-ing 
an interrupt status queue. As illustrated in FIGURE 10, this 
provides a chronological history of interrupt generating events 
and conditions. In addition to the Interrupt Mask Register, the 
Interrupt Status Queue provides additional filtering capability, 
such that only valid messages and/or only invalid messages may 
result in the creation of an entry to the Interrupt Status Queue. 
Queue entries for invalid and/or valid messages may be disabled 
by means of bits 8 and 7 of configuration register #6. 
The interrupt status queue is 64 words deep, providing the capa-bility 
to store entries for up to 32 messages. These events and 
conditions include both message-related and non-message 
related events. Note that the Interrupt Vector Queue Pointer 
Register will always point to the next location (modulo 64) fol-lowing 
the last vector/pointer pair written by the Mini-ACE Mark3 
RT. 
The pointer to the Interrupt Status Queue is stored in the 
INTERRUPT VECTOR QUEUE POINTER REGISTER (register 
address 1F). This register must be initialized by the host, and is 
subsequently incremented by the RT message processor. The 
interrupt status queue is 64 words deep, providing the capability 
to store entries for up to 32 messages. 
The queue rolls over at addresses of modulo 64. The events that 
result in queue entries include both message-related and non-message- 
related events. Note that the Interrupt Vector Queue 
Pointer Register will always point to the next location (modulo 64) 
following the last vector/pointer pair written by the Mini-ACE 
Mark3 RT, Monitor, or RT/Monitor. 
Each event that causes an interrupt results in a two-word entry 
to be written to the queue. The first word of the entry is the inter-rupt 
vector. The vector indicates which interrupt event(s)/condi-tion( 
s) caused the interrupt. 
The interrupt events are classified into two categories: message 
interrupt events and non-message interrupt events. Message-
DATA POINTER 
DESCRIPTOR STACK 
FIGURE 9. 50% and 100% ROLLOVER INTERRUPTS 
INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE 
(64 Locations) 
INTERRUPT 
VECTOR 
29 
Note 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
FIGURE 10. RT (and MONITOR) INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE 
(shown for message Interrupt event) 
DATA WORD 
BLOCK 
DESCRIPTOR 
STACK 
PARAMETER 
(POINTER) 
INTERRUPT VECTOR 
QUEUE POINTER 
REGISTER (IF) 
BLOCK STATUS WORD 
TIME TAG 
DATA BLOCK POINTER 
RECEIVED COMMAND 
NEXT 
VECTOR 
CIRCULAR 
BUFFER* 
LOOK-UP TABLE (128,256,...8192 WORDS) 
RECEIVED 
(TRANSMITTED) 
MESSAGE DATA 
BLOCK STATUS WORD 
TIME TAG WORD 
DATA BLOCK POINTER 
RECEIVED COMMAND WORD 
50% 
ROLLOVER 
INTERRUPT 
50% 
The example shown is for an RT Subaddress Circular Buffer. 
The 50% and 100% Rollover Interrupts are also applicable to 
the RT Global Circulat Buffer, RT Command Stack, 
Monitor Command Stack, and Monitor Data Stack. 
100% 
ROLLOVER 
INTERRUPT 
100%
DESCRIPTION 
Brdcst / Rx, SA 0. MC15-0 
Brdcst / RX, SA 0. MC31-16 
Brdcst / Rx, SA 1. WC15-0 
Brdcst / Rx, SA 1. WC31-16 
• 
• 
• 
Brdcst / Rx, SA 31. MC31-16 
Brdcst / Tx, SA 0. MC15-0 
Brdcst / Tx, SA 0.MC31-16 
Brdcst / Tx, SA 1. WC15-0 
• 
• 
• 
Brdcst / Tx, SA 30. WC31-16 
Brdcst / Tx, SA 31. MC15-0 
Brdcst / Tx, SA 31. MC31-16 
Own Addr / Rx, SA 0. MC15-0 
Own Addr / Rx, SA 0. MC31-16 
Own Addr / Rx, SA 1. WC15-0 
Own Addr / Rx, SA 1. WC31-16 
• 
• 
• 
Own Addr / Rx, SA 31. MC15-0 
Own Addr / Rx, SA 31. MC31-16 
Own Addr / Tx, SA 0. MC15-0 
Own Addr / Tx, SA 0. MC31-16 
Own Addr / Tx, SA 1. WC15-0 
Own Addr / Tx, SA 1. WC31-16 
30 
ADDRESS 
300 
301 
302 
303 
• 
• 
• 
33F 
340 
341 
342 
• 
• 
• 
37D 
37E 
37F 
380 
381 
382 
383 
• 
• 
• 
3BE 
3BF 
3C0 
3C1 
3C2 
3C3 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
TABLE 41. ILLEGALIZATION TABLE MEMORY MAP 
3FC 
Own Addr / Tx, SA 30. WC15-0 
3FD 
Own Addr / Tx, SA 30. WC31-16 
3FE 
Own Addr / Tx, SA 31. MC15-0 
• 
• 
• 
3FF 
• 
• 
• 
Own Addr / Tx, SA 31. MC31-16 
based interrupt events include End-of-Message, Selected mode 
code, Format error, Subaddress control word interrupt, RT 
Circular buffer Rollover, Handshake failure, RT Command stack 
rollover, transmitter timeout, MT Data Stack rollover, 
MT Command Stack rollover, RT Command Stack 50% rollover, 
MT Data Stack 50% rollover, MT Command Stack 50% rollover, 
and RT Circular buffer 50% rollover. Non-message interrupt 
events/conditions include time tag rollover, RT address parity 
error, RAM parity error, and BIT completed. 
Bit 0 of the interrupt vector (interrupt status) word indicates 
whether the entry is for a message interrupt event (if bit 0 is logic 
"1") or a non-message interrupt event (if bit 0 is logic "0"). It is not 
possible for one entry on the queue to indicate both a message 
interrupt and a non-message interrupt. 
As illustrated in FIGURE 10, for a message interrupt event, the 
parameter word is a pointer. The pointer will reference the first 
word of the RT or MT command stack descriptor (i.e., the Block 
Status Word). 
For a RAM Parity Error non-message interrupt, the parameter 
will be the RAM address where the parity check failed. For the 
RT address Parity Error, Protocol Self-test Complete, and Time 
Tag rollover non-message interrupts, the parameter is not used; 
it will have a value of 0000. 
If enabled, an INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE ROLLOVER inter-rupt 
will be issued when the value of the queue pointer address 
rolls over at a 64-word address boundary. 
NOTE: Please see Appendix “F” of the Enhanced Mini-ACE 
Users Guide for important information applicable only to RT 
MODE operation, enabling of the interrupt status queue and 
use of specific non-message interrupts.
31 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
RT AUTO-BOOT OPTION 
If utilized, the RT pin-programmable auto-boot option allows the 
Mini-ACE Mark3 RT to automatically initialize as an active 
remote terminal with the Busy status word bit set to logic "1" 
immediately following power turn-on. This is a useful feature for 
MIL-STD-1760 applications, in which the RT is required to be 
responding within 150 ms after power-up. This feature is avail-able 
for versions of the Mini-ACE Mark3 with 4K words of RAM. 
OTHER RT FEATURES 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 includes options for the Terminal flag sta-tus 
word bit to be set either under software control and/or auto-matically 
following a failure of the loopback self-test. Other soft-ware 
programmable RT options include software programmable 
RT status and RT BIT words, automatic clearing of the Service 
Request bit following receipt of a Transmit vector word mode 
command, options regarding Data Word transfers for the Busy 
and Message error (illegal) Status word bits, and options for the 
handling of 1553A and reserved mode codes. 
MONITOR ARCHITECTURE 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 includes three monitor modes: 
(1) A Word Monitor mode 
(2) A selective message monitor mode 
(3) A combined RT/message monitor mode 
For new applications, it is recommended that the selective mes-sage 
monitor mode be used, rather than the word monitor mode. 
Besides providing monitor filtering based on RT address, T/R bit, 
and subaddress, the message monitor eliminates the need to 
determine the start and end of messages by software. 
TABLE 42. RT BIT WORD 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) TRANSMITTER TIMEOUT 
14 LOOP TEST FAILURE B 
13 LOOP TEST FAILURE A 
12 HANDSHAKE FAILURE 
TRANSMITTER SHUTDOWN B 
11 
10 TRANSMITTER SHUTDOWN A 
9 TERMINAL FLAG INHIBITED 
8 BIT TEST FAILURE 
7 HIGH WORD COUNT 
6 LOW WORD COUNT 
5 INCORRECT SYNC RECEIVED 
4 PARITY / MANCHESTER ERROR RECEIVED 
3 RT-to-RT GAP / SYNC ADDRESS ERROR 
2 RT-to-RT NO RESPONSE ERROR 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
RT COMMAND ILLEGALIZATION 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 provides an internal mechanism for RT 
Command Word illegalizing. By means of a 256-word area in 
shared RAM, the host processor may designate that any mes-sage 
be illegalized, based on the command word T/R bit, sub-address, 
and word count/mode code fields. The Mini-ACE Mark3 
illegalization scheme provides the maximum in flexibility, allow-ing 
any subset of the 4096 possible combinations of broad-cast/ 
own address, T/R bit, subaddress, and word count/mode 
code to be illegalized. 
The address map of the Mini-ACE Mark3's illegalizing table is 
illustrated in TABLE 41. 
BUSY BIT 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 RT provides two different methods for set-ting 
the Busy status word bit: (1) globally, by means of 
Configuration Register #1; or (2) on a T/R-bit/subaddress basis, 
by means of a RAM lookup table. If the host CPU asserts the 
BUSY bit to logic “0“ in Configuration Register #1, the Mini-ACE 
Mark3 RT will respond to all non-broadcast commands with the 
Busy bit set in its RT Status Word. 
Alternatively, there is a Busy lookup table in the Mini-ACE Mark3 
shared RAM. By means of this table, it is possible for the host 
processor to set the busy bit for any selectable subset of the 128 
combinations of broadcast/own address, T/R bit, and subad-dress. 
If the busy bit is set for a transmit command, the Mini-ACE 
Mark3 RT will respond with the busy bit set in the status word, 
but will not transmit any data words. If the busy bit is set for a 
receive command, the RT will also respond with the busy status 
bit set. There are two programmable options regarding the 
reception of data words for a non-mode code receive command 
for which the RT is busy: (1) to transfer the received data words 
to shared RAM; or (2) to not transfer the data words to shared 
RAM. 
RT ADDRESS 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 offers several different options for desig-nating 
the Remote Terminal address. These include the follow-ing: 
(1) hardwired, by means of the 5 RT ADDRESS inputs, and 
the RT ADDRESS PARITY input; (2) by means of the RT 
ADDRESS (and PARITY) inputs, but latched via hardware, on 
the rising edge of the RT_AD_LAT input signal; (3) input by 
means of the RT ADDRESS (and PARITY) inputs, but latched via 
host software; and (4) software programmable, by means of an 
internal register. In all four configurations, the RT address is 
readable by the host processor. 
RT BUILT-IN-TEST (BIT) WORD 
The bit map for the Mini-ACE Mark3's internal RT Built-in-Test 
(BIT) Word is indicated in TABLE 42. 0 (LSB) COMMAND WORD CONTENTS ERROR 
1 RT-to-RT 2ND COMMAND WORD ERROR
32 
TABLE 43. TYPICAL WORD MONITOR MEMORY 
MAP 
FUNCTION 
HEX 
ADDRESS 
0000 First Received 1553 Word 
0001 First Identification Word 
0002 Second Received 1553 Word 
0003 Second Identification Word 
0004 
005 Third Identification Word 
• 
• 
• 
Stack Pointer 
(Fixed Location - gets overwritten) 
Received 1553 Words and Identification Word 
• 
• 
• 
0100 
• 
• 
• 
FFFF 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
Third Received 1553 Word 
• 
• 
• 
WORD MONITOR MODE 
In the Word Monitor Terminal mode, the Mini-ACE Mark3 moni-tors 
both 1553 buses. After the software initialization and Monitor 
Start sequences, the Mini-ACE Mark3 stores all Command, 
Status, and Data Words received from both buses. For each 
word received from either bus, a pair of words is stored to the 
Mini-ACE Mark3's shared RAM. The first word is the word 
received from the 1553 bus. The second word is the Monitor 
Identification (ID), or "Tag" word. The ID word contains informa-tion 
relating to bus channel, word validity, and inter-word time 
gaps. The data and ID words are stored in a circular buffer in the 
shared RAM address space. 
WORD MONITOR MEMORY MAP 
A typical word monitor memory map is illustrated in TABLE 43. 
TABLE 43 assumes a 64K address space for the Mini-ACE 
Mark3's monitor. The Active Area Stack pointer provides the 
address where the first monitored word is stored. In the example, 
it is assumed that the Active Area Stack Pointer for Area A (loca-tion 
0100) is initialized to 0000. The first received data word is 
stored in location 0000, the ID word for the first word is stored in 
location 0001, etc. 
The current Monitor address is maintained by means of a 
counter register. This value may be read by the CPU by means 
of the Data Stack Address Register. It is important to note that 
when the counter reaches the Stack Pointer address of 0100 or 
0104, the initial pointer value stored in this shared RAM location 
will be overwritten by the monitored data and ID Words. When 
the internal counter reaches an address of FFFF (or 0FFF, for an 
Mini-ACE Mark3 with 4K RAM), the counter rolls over to 0000. 
WORD MONITOR TRIGGER 
In the Word Monitor mode, there is a pattern recognition trigger 
and a pattern recognition interrupt. The 16-bit compare word for 
both the trigger and the interrupt is stored in the Monitor Trigger 
Word Register. The pattern recognition interrupt is enabled by 
setting the MT Pattern Trigger bit in Interrupt Mask Register #1. 
The pattern recognition trigger is enabled by setting the Trigger 
Enable bit in Configuration Register #1 and selecting either the 
Start-on-trigger or the Stop-on-trigger bit in Configuration 
Register #1. 
The Word Monitor may also be started by means of a low-to-high 
transition on the EXT_TRIG input signal. 
SELECTIVE MESSAGE MONITOR MODE 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 Selective Message Monitor provides 
monitoring of 1553 messages with filtering based on RT 
address, T/R bit, and subaddress with no host processor inter-vention. 
By autonomously distinguishing between 1553 com-mand 
and status words, the Message Monitor determines 
when messages begin and end, and stores the messages into 
RAM, based on a programmable filter of RT address, T/R bit, 
and subaddress. 
The selective monitor may be configured as just a monitor, or as a 
combined RT/Monitor. In the combined RT/Monitor mode, the 
Mini-ACE Mark3 functions as an RT for one RT address (including 
broadcast messages), and as a selective message monitor for the 
other 30 RT addresses. The Mini-ACE Mark3 Message Monitor 
contains two stacks, a command stack and a data stack, that are 
independent from the RT command stack. The pointers for these 
stacks are located at fixed locations in RAM. 
MONITOR SELECTION FUNCTION 
Following receipt of a valid command word in Selective Monitor 
mode, the Mini-ACE Mark3 will reference the selective monitor 
lookup table to determine if the particular command is enabled. 
The address for this location in the table is determined by means 
of an offset based on the RT Address, T/R bit, and Subaddress 
bit 4 of the current command word, and concatenating it to the 
monitor lookup table base address of 0280 (hex). The bit location 
within this word is determined by subaddress bits 3-0 of the cur-rent 
command word. 
If the specified bit in the lookup table is logic "0", the command 
is not enabled, and the Mini-ACE Mark3 will ignore this com-mand. 
If this bit is logic "1", the command is enabled and the 
Mini-ACE Mark3 will create an entry in the monitor command 
descriptor stack (based on the monitor command stack pointer), 
and store the data and status words associated with the com-mand 
into sequential locations in the monitor data stack. In addi-tion, 
for an RT-to-RT transfer in which the receive command is 
selected, the second command word (the transmit command) is 
stored in the monitor data stack. 
The address definition for the Selective Monitor Lookup TABLE 
is illustrated in TABLE 44.
33 
TABLE 44. MONITOR SELECTION TABLE LOOKUP 
ADDRESS 
BIT DESCRIPTION 
15(MSB) Logic “0” 
14 Logic “0” 
13 Logic “0” 
12 Logic “0” 
Logic “0” 
11 
10 Logic “0” 
9 Logic “1” 
8 Logic “0” 
7 Logic “1” 
6 RTAD_4 
5 RTAD_3 
4 RTAD_2 
3 RTAD_1 
2 RTAD_0 
1 TRANSMIT / RECEIVE 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
TABLE 45. TYPICAL SELECTIVE MESSAGE 
MONITOR MEMORY MAP (shown for 4K RAM for 
“Monitor only” mode) 
DESCRIPTION 
ADDRESS 
(HEX) 
0000-0101 Not Used 
0102 Monitor Command Stack Pointer A (fixed location) 
0103 Monitor Data Stack Pointer A (fixed location) 
0104-0105 Not Used 
0106 
0107 Monitor Data Stack Pointer B (fixed location) 
0108-027F Not Used 
0280-02FF Selective Monitor Lookup Table (fixed location) 
0300-03FF Not Used 
0400-07FF Monitor Command Stack A 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
SELECTIVE MESSAGE MONITOR MEMORY 
ORGANIZATION 
A typical memory map for the Mini-ACE Mark3 in the Selective 
Message Monitor mode, assuming a 4K RAM space, is illustrat-ed 
in TABLE 45. This mode of operation defines several fixed 
locations in the RAM. These locations are allocated in a way in 
which none of them overlap with the fixed RT locations. This 
allows for the combined RT/Selective Message Monitor mode. 
The fixed memory map consists of two Monitor Command Stack 
Pointers (locations 102 and 106 hex), two Monitor Data Stack 
Pointers (locations 103 and 107 hex), and a Selective Message 
Monitor Lookup Table (locations 0280 through 02FF hex). 
For this example, the Monitor Command Stack size is assumed 
to be 1K words, and the Monitor Data Stack size is assumed to 
be 2K words. 
FIGURE 11 illustrates the Selective Message Monitor operation. 
Upon receipt of a valid Command Word, the Mini-ACE Mark3 will 
reference the Selective Monitor Lookup Table to determine if the 
current command is enabled. If the current command is disabled, 
the Mini-ACE Mark3 monitor will ignore (and not store) the cur-rent 
message. If the command is enabled, the monitor will create 
an entry in the Monitor Command Stack at the address location 
referenced by the Monitor Command Stack Pointer, and an entry 
in the monitor data stack starting at the location referenced by 
the Monitor Data Stack Pointer. 
The format of the information in the data stack depends on the for-mat 
of the message that was processed. For example, for a BC-to- 
RT transfer (receive command), the monitor will store the command 
word in the monitor command descriptor stack, with the data words 
and the receiving RT's status word stored in the monitor data stack. 
Monitor Command Stack Pointer B (fixed location) 
0800-0FFF Monitor Data Stack A 
The size of the monitor command stack is programmable, with 
choices of 256, 1K, 4K, or 16K words. The monitor data stack 
size is programmable with choices of 512, 1K, 2K, 4K, 8K, 16K, 
32K or 64K words. 
MONITOR INTERRUPTS 
Selective monitor interrupts may be issued for End-of-message 
and for conditions relating to the monitor command stack point-er 
and monitor data stack pointer. The latter, which are shown in 
FIGURE 9, include Command Stack 50% Rollover, Command 
Stack 100% Rollover, Data Stack 50% Rollover, and Data Stack 
100% Rollover. 
The 50% rollover interrupts may be used to inform the host proces-sor 
when the command stack or data stack is half full. At that time, 
the host may proceed to read the received messages in the upper 
half of the respective stack, while the Mini-ACE Mark3 monitor 
writes messages to the lower half of the stack. Later, when the 
monitor issues a 100% stack rollover interrupt, the host can pro-ceed 
to read the received data from the lower half of the stack, 
while the Mini-ACE Mark3 monitor continues to write received data 
words to the upper half of the stack. 
INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE 
Like the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT, the Selective Monitor mode 
includes the capability for generating an interrupt status queue. 
As illustrated in FIGURE 10, this provides a chronological histo-ry 
of interrupt generating events. Besides the two Interrupt Mask 
Registers, the Interrupt Status Queue provides additional filter-ing 
capability, such that only valid messages and/or only invalid 
messages may result in entries to the Interrupt Status Queue. 
The interrupt status queue is 64 words deep, providing the capa-bility 
to store entries for up to 32 monitored messages. 
0(LSB) SUBADDRESS 4
34 
NOTE 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
MONITOR DATA 
BLOCK #N 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
15 13 0 
BLOCK STATUS WORD 
TIME TAG WORD 
DATA BLOCK POINTER 
RECEIVED COMMAND 
WORD 
CONFIGURATION 
REGISTER #1 
MONITOR COMMAND 
STACK POINTERS 
MONITOR 
COMMAND STACKS 
CURRENT 
AREA B/A 
MONITOR DATA 
STACKS 
MONITOR DATA 
BLOCK #N + 1 
CURRENT 
COMMAND WORD 
MONITOR DATA 
STACK POINTERS 
IF THIS BIT IS "0" (NOT SELECTED) 
NO WORDS ARE STORED IN EITHER 
THE COMMAND STACK OR DATA STACK. 
IN ADDITION, THE COMMAND AND DATA 
STACK POINTERS WILL NOT BE UPDATED. 
SELECTIVE MONITOR 
LOOKUP TABLES 
SELECTIVE MONITOR 
ENABLE 
(SEE NOTE) 
OFFSET BASED ON 
RTA4-RTA0, T/R, SA4 
FIGURE 11. SELECTIVE MESSAGE MONITOR MEMORY MANAGEMENT 
MISCELLANEOUS 
CLOCK INPUT 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 decoder is capable of operating from a 10, 
12, 16, or 20 MHz clock input. Depending on the configuration 
of the specific model Mini-ACE Mark3 terminal, the selection of 
the clock input frequency may be chosen by one of either two 
methods. For all versions, the clock frequency may be specified 
by means of the host processor writing to Configuration 
Register #6. With the second method, which is applicable only 
for the versions incorporating 4K (but not 64K) words of internal 
RAM, the clock frequency may be specified by means of the 
input signals that are otherwise used as the A15 and A14 
address lines. 
ENCODER/DECODERS 
For the selected clock frequency, there is internal logic to derive 
the necessary clocks for the Manchester encoder and decoders. 
For all clock frequencies, the decoders sample the receiver out-puts 
on both edges of the input clock. By in effect doubling the 
decoders' sampling frequency, this serves to widen the tolerance 
to zero-crossing distortion, and reduce the bit error rate. 
For interfacing to fiber optic transceivers (e.g., for MIL-STD-1773 
applications), the decoders are capable of operating with single-ended, 
rather than double-ended, input signals. The standard 
transceiverless version (BU-64XXXX0) of the Mini-ACE Mark3 is 
internally strapped for single-ended input signals. For applica-tions 
involving the use of double-ended transceivers, it is sug-gested 
that you contact the factory at DDC regarding a double-ended 
transceiverless version of the Mini-ACE Mark3. 
TIME TAG 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 includes an internal read/writable Time Tag 
Register. This register is a CPU read/writable 16-bit counter with 
a programmable resolution of either 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, or 64 μs per 
LSB. Another option allows software controlled incrementing of 
the Time Tag Register. This supports self-test for the Time Tag
35 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
Register. For each message processed, the value of the Time 
Tag Register is loaded into the second location of the respective 
descriptor stack entry ("TIME TAG WORD") for both the BC and 
RT modes. 
The functionality involving the Time Tag Register that's compati-ble 
with ACE/Mini-ACE (Plus) includes: the capability to issue an 
interrupt request and set a bit in the Interrupt Status Register 
when the Time Tag Register rolls over FFFF to 0000; for RT 
mode, the capability to automatically clear the Time Tag Register 
following reception of a Synchronize (without data) mode com-mand, 
or to load the Time Tag Register following a Synchronize 
(with data) mode command. 
Additional time tag features supported by the Mini-ACE Mark3 
include the capability for the BC to transmit the contents of the 
Time Tag Register as the data word for a Synchronize (with data) 
mode command; the capability for the RT to "filter" the data word 
for the Synchronize with data mode command, by only loading 
the Time Tag Register if the LSB of the received data word is "0"; 
an instruction enabling the BC Message Sequence Control 
engine to load the Time Tag Register with a specified value; and 
an instruction enabling the BC Message Sequence Control 
engine to write the value of the Time Tag Register to the General 
Purpose Queue. 
INTERRUPTS 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 series terminals provide many program-mable 
options for interrupt generation and handling. The inter-rupt 
output pin (INT) has three software programmable modes of 
operation: a pulse, a level output cleared under software control, 
or a level output automatically cleared following a read of the 
Interrupt Status Register (#1 or #2). 
Individual interrupts are enabled by the two Interrupt Mask 
Registers. The host processor may determine the cause of the 
interrupt by reading the two Interrupt Status Registers, which 
provide the current state of interrupt events and conditions. The 
Interrupt Status Registers may be updated in two ways. In one 
interrupt handling mode, a particular bit in Interrupt Status 
Register #1 or #2 will be updated only if the event occurs and the 
corresponding bit in Interrupt Mask Register #1 or #2 is enabled. 
In the enhanced interrupt handling mode, a particular bit in one 
of the Interrupt Status Registers will be updated if the event/con-dition 
occurs regardless of the value of the corresponding 
Interrupt Mask Register bit. In either case, the respective 
Interrupt Mask Register (#1 or #2) bit is used to enable an inter-rupt 
for a particular event/condition. 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 supports all the interrupt events from 
ACE/Mini-ACE (Plus), including RAM Parity Error, Transmitter 
Timeout, BC/RT Command Stack Rollover, MT Command Stack 
and Data Stack Rollover, Handshake Error, BC Retry, RT Address 
Parity Error, Time Tag Rollover, RT Circular Buffer Rollover, BC 
Message, RT Subaddress, BC End-of-Frame, Format Error, BC 
Status Set, RT Mode Code, MT Trigger, and End-of-Message. 
For the Mini-ACE Mark3's Enhanced BC mode, there are four 
user-defined interrupt bits. The BC Message Sequence Control 
Engine includes an instruction enabling it to issue these inter-rupts 
at any time. 
For RT and Monitor modes, the Mini-ACE Mark3 architecture 
includes an Interrupt Status Queue. This provides a mechanism 
for logging messages that result in interrupt requests. Entries to 
the Interrupt Status Queue may be filtered such that only valid 
and/or invalid messages will result in entries on the queue. 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 incorporates additional interrupt conditions 
beyond the ACE/Mini-ACE (Plus), based on the addition of 
Interrupt Mask Register #2 and Interrupt Status Register #2. This 
is accomplished by chaining the two Interrupt Status Registers 
using the INTERRUPT CHAIN BIT (bit 0) in Interrupt Status 
Register #2 to indicate that an interrupt has occurred in Interrupt 
Status Register #1. Additional interrupts include "Self-Test 
Completed", masking bits for the Enhanced BC Control 
Interrupts, 50% Rollover interrupts for RT Command Stack, RT 
Circular Buffers, MT Command Stack, and MT Data Stack; BC 
Op Code Parity Error, (RT) Illegal Command, (BC) General 
Purpose Queue or (RT/MT) Interrupt Status Queue Rollover, 
Call Stack Pointer Register Error, BC Trap Op Code, and the four 
User-Defined interrupts for the Enhanced BC mode. 
BUILT-IN TEST 
A salient feature of the Mini-ACE Mark3 is its highly autonomous 
self-test capability. This includes both protocol and RAM self-tests. 
Either or both of these self-tests may be initiated by com-mand( 
s) from the host processor. 
The protocol test consists of a comprehensive toggle test of the 
terminal's logic. The test includes testing of all registers, 
Manchester decoders, protocol logic, and memory management 
logs. This test is completed in approximately 32,000 clock cycles. 
That is, about 1.6 ms with a 20 MHz clock, 2.0 ms at 16 MHz, 2.7 
ms at 12 MHz, and 3.2 ms at 10 MHz. 
There is also a separate built-in test (BIT) for the Mini-ACE 
Mark3's 4K X 16 or 64K X 16 shared RAM. This test consists of 
writing and then reading/verifying the two walking patterns "data 
= address" and "data = address inverted". This test takes 10 
clock cycles per word. For a Mini-ACE Mark3 with 4K words of 
RAM, this is about 2.0 ms with a 20 MHz clock, 2.6 ms at 16 
MHz, 3.4 ms at 12 MHz, or 4.1 ms at 10 MHz. For an Mini-ACE 
Mark3 with 64K words of RAM, this test takes about 32.8 ms with 
a 20 MHz clock, 40.1 ms at 16 MHz, 54.6 ms at 12 MHz, or 65.6 
ms at 10 MHz. 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 built-in protocol test is performed automati-cally 
at power-up. In addition, the protocol or RAM self-tests may 
be initiated by a command from the host processor, via the 
START/RESET REGISTER. For RT mode, this may include the 
host processor invoking self-test following receipt of an Initiate 
self-test mode command. The results of the self-test are host
36 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
accessible by means of the BIT status register. For RT mode, the 
result of the self-test may be communicated to the bus controller 
via bit 8 of the RT BIT word ("0" = pass, "1" = fail). 
Assuming that the protocol self-test passes, all of the register 
and shared RAM locations will be restored to their state prior to 
the self-test, with the exception of the 60 RAM address locations 
0342-037D and the TIME TAG REGISTER. Note that for RT 
mode, these locations map to the illegalization lookup table for 
"broadcast transmit subaddresses 1 through 30" (non-mode 
code subaddresses). Since MIL-STD-1553 does not define 
these as valid command words, this section of the illegalization 
lookup table is normally not used during RT operation. The TIME 
TAG REGISTER will continue to increment during the self-test. 
If there is a failure of the protocol self-test, it is possible to access 
information about the first failed vector.This may be done by means 
of the Mini-ACE Mark3's upper registers (register addresses 32 
through 63). Through these registers, it is possible to determine the 
self-test ROM address of the first failed vector, the expected 
response data pattern (from the ROM), the register or memory 
address, and the actual (incorrect) data value read from register or 
memory. The on-chip self-test ROM is 4K X 24. 
Note that the RAM self-test is destructive. That is, following the 
RAM self-test, regardless of whether the test passes or fails, the 
shared RAM is not restored to its state prior to this test. Following 
a failed RAM self-test, the host may read the internal RAM to 
determine which location(s) failed the walking pattern test. 
RAM PARITY 
The BC/RT/MT version of the Mini-ACE Mark3 is available with 
options of 4K or 64K words of internal RAM. For the 64K option, 
the RAM is 17 bits wide. The 64K X 17 internal RAM allows for par-ity 
generation for RAM write accesses, and parity checking for 
RAM read accesses. This includes host RAM accesses, as well as 
accesses by the Mini-ACE Mark3’s internal logic. When the Mini- 
ACE Mark3 detects a RAM parity error, it reports it to the host 
processor by means of an interrupt and a register bit. Also, for the 
RT and Selective Message Monitor modes, the RAM address 
where a parity error was detected will be stored on the Interrupt 
Status Queue (if enabled). 
RELOCATABLE MEMORY MANAGEMENT LOCATIONS 
In the Mini-ACE Mark3’s default configuration, there is a fixed 
area of shared RAM addresses, 0000h-03FF, that is allocated for 
storage of the BC's or RT's pointers, counters, tables, and other 
"non-message" data structures. As a means of reducing the over-all 
memory address space for using multiple Mini-ACE Mark3’s in 
a given system (e.g., for use with the DMA interface configura-tion), 
the Mini-ACE Mark3 allows this area of RAM to be relocat-ed 
by means of 6 configuration register bits.To provide backwards 
compatibility to ACE and Mini-ACE, the default for this RAM area 
is 0000h-03FFh. 
HOST PROCESSOR INTERFACE 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 supports a wide variety of processor interface 
configurations. These include shared RAM and DMA configurations, 
straightforward interfacing for 16-bit and 8-bit buses, support for both 
non-multiplexed and multiplexed address/data buses, non-zero wait 
mode for interfacing to a processor address/data buses, and zero 
wait mode for interfacing (for example) to microcontroller I/O ports. In 
addition, with respect to the ACE/Mini-ACE, the Mini-ACE Mark3 
provides two major improvements: (1) reduced maximum host 
access time for shared RAM mode; and (2) increased maximum 
DMA grant time for the transparent/DMA mode. 
The Mini-ACE Mark3's maximum host holdoff time (time prior to 
the assertion of the READYD handshake signal) has been sig-nificantly 
reduced. For ACE/Mini-ACE, this maximum holdoff 
time is 17 internal word transfer cycles, resulting in an overall 
holdoff time of approximately 4.6 μs, using a 16 MHz clock. By 
comparison, using the Mini-ACE Mark3's ENHANCED CPU 
ACCESS feature, this worst-case holdoff time is reduced signifi-cantly, 
to a single internal transfer cycle. For example, when 
operating the Mini-ACE Mark3 in its 16-bit buffered, non-zero 
wait configuration with a 16 MHz clock input, this results in a 
maximum overall host transfer cycle time of 632 ns for a read 
cycle, or 570 ns for a write cycle. 
In addition, when using the ACE or Mini-ACE in the transpar-ent/ 
DMA configuration, the maximum request-to-grant time, 
which occurs prior to an RT start-of-message sequence, is 
4.0 μs with a 16 MHz clock, or 3.5 μs with a 12 MHz clock. For 
the Mini-ACE Mark3 functioning as a MIL-STD-1553B RT, this 
time has been increased to 8.5 μs at 10 MHz, 9 μs at 12 MHz, 
10 μs at 16 MHz,, and 10.5 μs at 20MHz. This provides greater 
flexibility, particularly for systems in which a host has to arbitrate 
among multiple DMA requestors. 
By far, the most commonly used processor interface configura-tion 
is the 16-bit buffered, non-zero wait mode. This configuration 
may be used to interface between 16-bit or 32-bit microproces-sors 
and an Mini-ACE Mark3. In this mode, only the Mini-ACE 
Mark3's internal 4K or 64K words of internal RAM are used for 
storing 1553 message data and associated "housekeeping" 
functions. That is, in this configuration, the Mini-ACE Mark3 will 
never attempt to access memory on the host bus. 
FIGURE 12 illustrates a generic connection diagram between a 
16-bit (or 32-bit) microprocessor and an Mini-ACE Mark3 for the 
16-bit buffered configuration, while FIGURES 13 and 14, and 
associated tables illustrate the processor read and write timing 
respectively.
CPU ADDRESS LATCH (NOTE 1) 
TRANSPARENT/BUFFERED 
TRIGGER_SEL 
37 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
HOST 
CH. A 
TX/RXA 
+3.3V 
TX/RXA 
CH. B 
TX/RXB 
+3.3V 
TX/RXB 
RTAD4-RTAD0 RT 
ADDRESS, 
PARITY 
RTADP 
D15-D0 
+3.3V 
CLOCK CLK IN 
OSCILLATOR 
N/C 
N/C 
A15-A12 
A11-A0 
N/C 
ADDR_LAT 
+3.3V 
16/8_BIT 
MSB/LSB 
(NOTE 2) POLARITY_SEL 
(NOTE 3) ZERO_WAIT 
ADDRESS 
DECODER 
SELECT 
MEM/REG 
RD/WR 
STRBD 
READYD 
TAG_CLK 
RD/WR 
CPU STROBE 
+5V 
CPU ACKNOWLEDGE (NOTE 4) 
RESET 
+5V 
MSTCLR 
SSFLAG/EXT_TRIG 
CPU INTERRUPT REQUEST INT 
Mini-ACE 
Mark3 
NOTES: 
1. CPU ADDRESS LATCH SIGNAL PROVIDED BY PROCESSORS WITH MULTIPLEXED ADDRESS/DATA BUSES. FOR PROCESSORS WITH NON-MULTIPLEXED 
ADDRESS AND DATA BUSES, ADDR_LAT SHOULD BE CONNECTED TO +3.3V. 
2. IF POLARITY_SEL = "1", RD/WR IS HIGH TO READ, LOW TO WRITE. IF POLARITY_SEL = "0", RD/WR IS LOW TO READ, HIGH TO WRITE. 
3. ZERO_WAIT SHOULD BE STRAPPED TO LOGIC "1" FOR NON-ZERO WAIT INTERFACE AND TO LOGIC "0" FOR ZERO WAIT INTERFACE. 
4. CPU ACKNOWLEDGE PROCESSOR INPUT ONLY FOR NON-ZERO WAIT TYPE OF INTERFACE. 
FIGURE 12. HOST PROCESSOR INTERFACE - 16-BIT BUFFERED CONFIGURATION
NOTES: 
1. For the 16-bit buffered nonzero wait configuration, TRANSPARENT/BUFFERED must be connected to logic "0". ZERO_WAIT and DTREQ / 16/8 
must be connected to logic "1". The inputs TRIGGER_SEL and MSB/LSB may be connected to either +3.3 V or ground. 
2. SELECT and STRBD may be tied together. IOEN goes low on the first rising CLK edge when SELECT • STRBD is sampled low (satisfying t1) 
and the Mark3’s protocol/memory management logic is not accessing the internal RAM. When this occurs, IOEN goes low, starting the transfer 
cycle. After IOEN goes low, SELECT may be released high. 
3. MEM/REG must be presented high for memory access, low for register access. 
4. MEM/REG and RD/WR are buffered transparently until the first falling edge of CLK after IOEN goes low. After this CLK edge, MEM/REG and 
5. The logic sense for RD/WR in the diagram assumes that POLARITY_SEL is connected to logic "1." If POLARITY_SEL is connected to logic "0," 
6. The timing for IOEN, READYD and D15-D0 assumes a 50 pf load. For loading above 50 pf, the validity of IOEN, READYD, and D15-D0 is delayed 
7. The timing for A15-A0, MEM/REG and SELECT assumes that ADDR-LAT is connected to logic "1." Refer to Address Latch timing for additional 
38 
STRBD 
MEM/REG 
RD/WR 
READYD 
A15-A0 
(Note 7,8,9) 
D15-D0 
RD/WR become latched internally. 
RD/WR must be asserted low to read. 
by an additional 0.14 ns/pf typ, 0.28 ns/pf max. 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
 
 
 
 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
CLOCK IN 
VALID 
t5 
t7 
t3 t8 
t11 
t13 t15 
VALID 
t10 
t4 
t9 t12 
t19 
 
 
 
VALID 
t16 
t17 
SELECT 
(Note 2,7) 
(Note 2) 
(Note 3,4,7) 
(Note 4,5) 
IOEN 
(Note 2,6) 
(Note 6) 
(Note 6) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
t1 
t2 
t6 
t14 t18 
FIGURE 13. CPU READING RAM / REGISTER (16-BIT BUFFERED, NONZERO WAIT) 
details. 
8. The address bus A15-A0 is internally buffered transparently until the first rising edge of CLK after IOEN goes low. After this CLK edge, A15-A0 
become latched internally. 
9. Setup time given for use in worst case timing calculations. None of the Mark3’s input signals are required to be synchronized to the system clock. 
When SELECT and STRBD do not meet the setup time of t1, but occur during the setup window of an internal flip-flop, an additional clock cycle 
will be inserted between the falling clock edge that latches MEM/REG and RD/WR and the rising clock edge that latches the Address (A15-A0). 
When this occurs, the delay from IOEN falling to READYD falling (t11) increases by one clock cycle and the address hold time (t10) must be 
increased be one clock cycle.
TABLE FOR FIGURE 13. CPU READING RAM OR REGISTERS 
(SHOWN FOR 16-BIT, BUFFERED, NONZERO WAIT MODE) 
REF DESCRIPTION MIN TYP MAX UNITS 
t1 SELECT and STRBD low setup time prior to clock rising edge ns 
SELECT and STRBD low to IOEN low (uncontended access @ 20 MHz) ns 
(contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “0” @ 20 MHz) μs 
(contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “1” @ 20 MHz) ns 
(uncontended access @ 16 MHz) ns 
(contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “0” @ 16 MHz) μs 
(contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “1” @ 16 MHz) ns 
(uncontended access @ 12 MHz) ns 
(contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “0” @ 12 MHz) μs 
(contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “1” @ 12 MHz) ns 
(uncontended access @ 10 MHz) ns 
ns 
Time for MEM/REG and RD/WR to become valid following SELECT and STRBD 
low(@ 20 MHz) 
@ 16 MHz ns 
Time for Address to become valid following SELECT and STRBD low (@ 20 MHz) ns 
@ 16 MHz ns 
@ 12 MHz ns 
t2 
t5 CLOCK IN rising edge delay to IOEN falling edge ns 
t6 SELECT hold time following IOEN falling ns 
t7 MEM/REG, RD/WR setup time prior to CLOCK IN falling edge ns 
t8 MEM/REG, RD/WR hold time following CLOCK IN falling edge ns 
t9 Address valid setup time prior to CLOCK IN rising edge ns 
t10 Address hold time following CLOCK IN rising edge ns 
t11 
IOEN falling delay to READYD falling (@ 20 MHz) ns 
@ 16 MHz ns 
@ 12 MHz ns 
@ 10 MHz ns 
Output Data valid prior to READYD falling (@ 20 MHz) ns 
@ 16 MHz ns 
@ 12 MHz ns 
t12 
t13 CLOCK IN rising edge delay to READYD falling ns 
t14 READYD falling to STRBD rising release time ns 
t15 STRBD rising edge delay to IOEN rising edge and READYD rising edge ns 
t16 Output Data hold time following STRBD rising edge ns 
t17 STRBD rising delay to output data tri-state ns 
t18 STRBD high hold time from READYD rising ns 
39 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
105 
2.2 
355 
2.8 
430 
138 
3.7 
555 
155 
10 
16 
27 
12 
45 
15 
30 
30 
170 187.5 205 
285 300 315 
40 
∞ 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
2, 6 
2, 6 
2, 6 
2, 6 
2, 6 
2, 6 
2, 6 
2, 6 
2, 6 
2, 6 
2, 6 
3, 4, 5, 7 
3, 4, 5, 7 
3, 4, 5, 7 
3, 4, 5, 7 
6 
2 
3, 4, 5, 7 
3, 4, 5, 7 
7, 8 
7, 8, 9 
6, 9 
6, 9 
6, 9 
6, 9 
6 
6 
6 
6 
6 
6 
4.4 
655 
35 
62 
11 
44 
61 
40 
0 
40 
0 
40 
0 
25 
35 
135 150 165 
235 250 265 
23 
40 
15 
NOTES 
2, 9 
2, 6 117 
(contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “0” @ 10 MHz) μs 
(contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “1” @ 10 MHz) ns 
@ 10 MHz ns 
t3 
t4 
@ 12 MHz ns 
@ 10 MHz ns 
@ 10 MHz ns 
t19 CLOCK IN rising edge delay to output data valid ns
NOTES: 
1. For the 16-bit buffered nonzero wait configuration TRANSPARENT/BUFFERED must be connected to logic 0, ZERO_WAIT and DTREG / 16/8 
must be connected to logic 1. The inputs TRIGGER_SEL and MSB/LSB may be connected to either +3.3 V or ground. 
2. SELECT and STRBD may be tied together. IOEN goes low on the first rising CLK edge when SELECT • STRBD is sampled low (satisfying t1) 
and the Mark3’s protocol/memory management logic is not accessing the internal RAM. When this occurs, IOEN goes low, starting the transfer 
cycle. After IOEN goes low, SELECT may be released high. 
3. MEM/REG must be presented high for memory access, low for register access. 
4. MEM/REG and RD/WR are buffered transparently until the first falling edge of CLK after IOEN goes low. After this CLK edge, MEM/REG and 
5. The logic sense for RD/WR in the diagram assumes that POLARITY_SEL is connected to logic 1. If POLARITY_SEL is connected to logic 0, 
6. The timing for the IOEN and READYD outputs assume a 50 pf load. For loading above 50 pf, the validity of IOEN and READYD is delayed by an 
7. The timing for A15-A0, MEM/REG, and SELECT assumes that ADDR-LAT is connected to logic 1. Refer to Address Latch timing for additional 
40 
STRBD 
MEM/REG 
RD/WR 
READYD 
A15-A0 
(Note 7,8,9,10) 
D15-D0 
RD/WR become latched internally. 
RD/WR must be asserted high to write. 
additional 0.14 ns/pf typ, 0.28 ns/pf max. 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
CLOCK IN 
t1 
t6 
t7 
t2 
t3 
t16 t18 
VALID 
t8 t9 
t14 
t15 t17 
VALID 
t12 
t10 
t4 
t11 
t5 
VALID 
t13 
SELECT 
(Note 2,7) 
(Note 2) 
(Note 3,4,7) 
(Note 4,5) 
IOEN 
(Note 2,6) 
(Note 6) 
(Note 9,10) 
FIGURE 14. CPU WRITING RAM / REGISTER (16-BIT BUFFERED, NONZERO WAIT) 
details. 
8. The address bus A15-A0 and data bus D15-D0 are internally buffered transparently until the first rising edge of CLK after IOEN goes low. After 
this CLK edge, A15-A0 and D15-D0 become latched internally. 
9. Setup time given for use in worst case timing calculations. None of the Mark3’s input signals are required to be synchronized to the system clock. 
When SELECT and STRBD do not meet the setup time of t1, but occur during the setup time of an internal flip-flop, an additional clock cycle may 
be inserted between the falling clock edge that latches MEM/REG and RD/WR and the rising clock edge that latches the address (A15-A0) and 
data (D15-D0). When this occurs, the delay from IOEN falling to READYD falling (t14) increases by one clock cycle and the address and data hold 
time (t12 and t13) must be increased by one clock.
REF DESCRIPTION NOTES 
MIN TYP MAX UNITS 
t1 SELECT and STRBD low setup time prior to clock rising edge 2, 10 
15 
ns 
t2 
SELECT and STRBD low to IOEN low (uncontended access @ 20 MHz) ns 
105 
2.2 
(contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “0” @ 20 MHz) μs 
(contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “1” @ 20 MHz) 2, 6 
355 
ns 
(uncontended access @ 16 MHz) 2, 6 117 
ns 
(contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “0” @ 16 MHz) 2, 6 
2.8 
μs 
(contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “1” @ 16 MHz) 2, 6 
430 
ns 
(uncontended access @ 12 MHz) 2, 6 
138 
ns 
(contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “0” @ 12 MHz) 2, 6 
3.7 
μs 
(contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “1” @ 12 MHz) 2, 6 
555 
ns 
(uncontended access @ 10 MHz) 2, 6 
155 
ns 
(contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “0” @ 10 MHz) 2, 6 
4.4 
μs 
(contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “1” @ 10 MHz) 2, 6 
655 
ns 
Time for MEM/REG and RD/WR to become valid following SELECT and STRBD 
low(@ 20 MHz) ns 
10 
16 
@ 16 MHz ns 
@ 12 MHz ns 
27 
35 
3, 4, 5, 7 
3, 4, 5, 7 
@ 10 MHz ns 
Time for Address to become valid following SELECT and STRBD low (@ 20 MHz) 12 
ns 
@ 16 MHz 25 
ns 
@ 12 MHz ns 
@ 10 MHz ns 
Time for data to become valid following SELECT and STRBD low ( @ 20 MHz ) ns 
t3 
t4 
t5 
@ 10 MHz 
ns 
32 
82 
t6 CLOCK IN rising edge delay to IOEN falling edge ns 
0 
15 
40 
6 
3, 4, 5, 7 
3, 4, 5, 7 
t9 MEM/REG, RD/WR setup time following CLOCK IN falling edge 35 
ns 
35 
15 
t12 Address valid hold time prior to CLOCK IN rising edge 30 
ns 
15 
@ 10 MHz 6, 9 185 200 215 ns 
41 
t14 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
6, 9 152 167 182 ns 
40 
∞ 
40 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
TABLE FOR FIGURE 14. CPU WRITING RAM OR REGISTERS 
(SHOWN FOR 16-BIT, BUFFERED, NONZERO WAIT MODE) 
@ 16 MHz 
ns 
45 
@ 12 MHz 
t7 SELECT hold time following IOEN falling ns 
t10 Address valid setup time prior to CLOCK IN rising edge ns 
IOEN falling delay to READYD falling @ 20 MHz 6, 9 85 100 115 
ns 
@ 16 MHz 
ns 
t8 MEM/REG, RD/WR setup time prior to CLOCK IN falling edge ns 
6, 9 110 125 140 ns 
@ 12 MHz 
65 
t11 Data valid setup time prior to CLOCK IN rising edge ns 
t13 Data valid hold time following CLOCK IN rising edge ns 
t15 CLOCK IN rising edge delay to READYD falling ns 
t16 READYD falling to STRBD rising release time ns 
t17 STRBD rising delay to IOEN rising edge and READYD rising edge ns 
t18 STRBD high hold time from READYD rising 10 
ns 
45 
62 
2, 6 
2, 6 
3, 4, 5, 7 
3, 4, 5, 7 
2 
7, 8 
7, 8, 9 
9 
6 
6
42 
Mini-ACE Mark3 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
INTERFACE TO MIL-STD-1553 BUS 
The Mini-ACE Mark3 is the world's first MIL-STD-1553 terminal 
powered entirely by 3.3 volts. Unique isolation transformer turns 
ratios, single output winding transformers and new interconnec-tion 
methods are required in order to meet mandated MIL-STD- 
1553 differential voltage levels. 
FIGURE 15 illustrates the two possible interface methods 
between the Mini-ACE Mark3 series and a MIL-STD-1553 bus. 
Connections for both direct (short stub, 1:3.75) and transformer 
(long stub, 1:2.7) coupling, as well as nominal peak-to-peak volt-age 
levels at various points (when transmitting), are indicated in 
the diagram. 
The new isolation transformers for the Mini-ACE Mark3 series 
now contain only one set of output windings. Different isolation 
transformers are now required for a direct or transformer cou-pled, 
MIL-STD-1553 Bus implementation. 
The center tap of the primary winding (the side of the transformer 
that connects to the Mark3) must be directly connected to the 
+3.3 volt plane. Additionally, a 10μf, low inductance tantalum 
capacitor and a 0.01μf ceramic capacitor must be mounted as 
close as possible and with the shortest leads to the center tap of 
the transformer(s) and ground plane. 
Additionally, during transmission large currents flow from the trans-former 
center tap, through the primaries and the TX/RX pins, and 
then out the transceiver grounds (pins 22 and 79) into the ground 
plane. The traces in this path should be sized accordingly and the 
connections to the ground plane should be as short as possible. 
10μF 
+ 
.01μF 
TX/RX 
TX/RX 
+ 
FIGURE 15. MINI-ACE MARK3 INTERFACE TO MIL-STD-1553 BUS 
DATA 
BUS 
Z0 
55 Ω 
55 Ω 
TX/RX 
TX/RX 
(1:3.75) 
(7.4 Vpp) 28 Vpp 
1 FT MAX 
Z0 
(1:2.7) 
20 Vpp 
(1:1.41) 
COUPLING 
TRANSFORMER 
0.75 Z0 
0.75 Z0 
LONG STUB 
(TRANSFORMER 
COUPLED) 
20 FT MAX 
28 Vpp 
SHORT STUB 
(DIRECT COUPLED) 
OR 
DIRECT-COUPLED 
ISOLATION TRANSFORMER 
BETA B-3383 
7 Vpp 
7 Vpp 
Mini-ACE Mark3 
(7.4 Vpp) 
3.3V 
10μF 
.01μF 
3.3V 
TRANSFORMER-COUPLED 
ISOLATION TRANSFORMER 
BETA B-3372 
NOTES: 1. Transformer center tap capacitors: use a 10μF tantalum for low inductance, and a 0.01μF ceramic. 
Both must be mounted as close as possible, and with the shortest leads to the center tap of the 
transformer(s) and ground. 
2. Connect the Mark3 hybrid grounds as directly as possible to the 3.3V ground plane. 
3. Zo = 70 to 85 Ohms.
TABLE 46. BTTC TRANSFORMERS FOR USE WITH MINI-ACE MARK3 
TRANSFORMER CONFIGURATION BTTC PART NO. 
Single epoxy transformer, through hole, transformer coupled only, 0.625 X 0.630, 0.300 max 
height 
43 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
B-3372 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
TRANSFORMERS 
In selecting isolation transformers to be used with the Mini-ACE 
Mark3, there is a limitation on the maximum amount of leakage 
inductance. If this limit is exceeded, the transmitter rise and fall 
times may increase, possibly causing the bus amplitude to fall 
below the minimum level required by MIL-STD-1553. In addition, 
an excessive leakage imbalance may result in a transformer 
dynamic offset that exceeds 1553 specifications. 
The maximum allowable leakage inductance is a function of the 
coupling method. For Transformer Coupled applications, it is a 
maximum of 5.0 μH. For Direct it is a maximum of 10.0 μH, and 
is measured as follows: 
The side of the transformer that connects to the Mark3 is defined 
as the primary winding. If one side of the primary is shorted to 
the primary center-tap, the inductance should be measured 
across the secondary (stub side) winding. This inductance 
must be less than 5.0 μH (Transformer Coupled) and 10.0 μH 
(Direct Coupled). Similarly, if the other side of the primary is 
shorted to the primary center-tap, the inductance measured 
across the secondary (stub side) winding must also be less 
than 5.0 μH (Transformer Coupled) and 10.0 μH (Direct 
Coupled). 
The difference between these two measurements is the differ-ential 
leakage inductance. This value must be less than 1.0 μH 
(Transformer Coupled) and 2.0 μH (Direct Coupled). 
Beta Transformer Technology Corporation (BTTC), a subsidiary 
of DDC, manufactures transformers in a variety of mechanical 
configurations with the required turns ratios of 1:3.75 direct cou-pled, 
and 1:2.7 transformer coupled. TABLE 46 provides a listing 
of these transformers. 
For further information, contact BTTC at 631-244-7393 or at 
www.bttc-beta.com. 
B-3383 
Single epoxy transformer, through hole, direct coupled only, 0.625 X 0.630, 0.300 max height 
B-3389 
Single epoxy transformer, surface mount, transformer coupled only, 85°C max, 0.625 X 0.625, 
0.130 max height
NOTE: Logic ground and transceiver ground are not tied together inside the package. 
TABLE 48. 1553 ISOLATION TRANSFORMER (BU-64XX3X8/9 VERSIONS) 
SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION 
TX/RX-A (I/O) 3 Analog Transmit/Receive Input/Outputs. Connect directly to 1553 isolation transformers. 
TX/RX-A (I/O) 5 
TX/RX-B (I/O) 15 
TX/RX-B (I/O) 17 
TABLE 49. INTERFACE TO EXTERNAL TRANSCEIVER (BU-64XX3X0 TRANSCEIVERLESS VERSION) 
44 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
SIGNAL DESCRIPTIONS BY FUNCTIONAL GROUPS 
+3.3V_Xcvr 10 
+3.3V_Logic 30, 51, 69 
Gnd_Xcvr 22, 79 
Gnd_Logic 31, 50, 70 
TABLE 47. POWER AND GROUND 
SIGNAL NAME 
BU-64743X8/X9 
BU-64843X8/X9 
BU-64863X8/X9 
PIN 
BU-64743X0 
BU-64843X0 
BU-64863X0 
PIN 
- 
10, 30, 51, 69 
- 
22, 79, 31, 50, 70 
Transceiver Power 
Logic Power 
Transceiver Ground 
Logic Ground 
DESCRIPTION 
TXDATA_A (O) 3 
TXDATA_A (O) 5 
RXDATA_A (I) 8 
RXDATA_A 
4 
(I, not enabled)* 
SIGNAL NAME 
BU-64743X0 
BU-64843X0 
BU-64863X0 
PIN 
DESCRIPTION 
Digital Manchester biphase transmit outputs, A bus 
Digital Manchester biphase receive inputs, A bus 
TXINH_A_OUT (O) 11 
TXDATA_B (O) 15 
TXDATA_B (O) 17 
RXDATA_B (I) 21 
Digital output to inhibit external transmitter, A bus 
Digital Manchester biphase transmit outputs, B bus 
RXDATA_B Digital Manchester biphase receive inputs, B bus 
16 
(I, not enabled)* 
TXINH_B_OUT (O) 9 Digital output to inhibit external transmitter, B bus 
UPADDREN / NC 14 
4K versions: UPADDREN / 64K versions: NC 
For 4K RAM versions, this signal is always configured as UPADDREN. 
This signal is used to control the function of the upper 4 address inputs (A15-A12). For these versions of 
Mark3 if UPADDREN is connected to logic 1, then these four signals operate as address lines A15-A12. If 
UPADDREN is connected to logic 0, then A15 and A14 function as CLK_SEL_1 and CLK_SEL_0 respec-tively; 
A13 MUST be connected to +3.3V-LOGIC; and A12 functions as RTBOOT. 
BU-64743X8/9 
BU-64843X8/9 
BU-64863X8/9 
PIN 
*NOTE: Standard transceiverless parts have their receiver inputs internally strapped for single-ended operation. The RXDATAx_L 
pins are connected to inputs that are not enabled. Contact the factory for a non-standard part that enables differential receive 
inputs.
TABLE 51. PROCESSOR ADDRESS BUS 
BU-64743XX 
BU-64843XX 
BU-64863XX 
D15 (MSB) 59 
D14 56 
D13 54 
D12 55 
D11 58 
A15 (MSB) 73 16-bit bi-directional address bus. 
A14 80 For 64K RAM versions, this signal is always configured as address line A14. Refer to 
45 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
A15 / 
CLK_SEL_1 
For 64K RAM versions, this signal is always configured as address line A15 (MSB). 
Refer to the description for A11-A0 below. 
For 4K RAM versions, if UPADDREN is connected to logic 1, this signal operates as 
address line A15. 
For 4K RAM versions, if UPADDREN is connected to logic 0, this signal operates as 
CLK_SEL_1. In this case, A15/CLK_SEL_1 and A14/CLK_SEL_0 are used to select 
the Mark3 clock frequency, as follows: 
CLK_SEL_1 CLK_SEL_0 Clock Frequency 
0 0 10 MHz 
0 1 20 MHz 
1 0 12 MHz 
1 1 16 MHz 
A14 / 
CLK_SEL_0 
the description of A11-A0 below. 
For 4K RAM versions, if UPADDREN is connected to logic 1, this signal operates as 
A14. 
For 4K RAM versions, if UPADDREN is connected to logic 0, then this signal oper-ates 
as CLK_SEL_0. In this case, CLK_SEL_1 and CLK_SEL_0 are used to select the 
Mark3 clock frequency, as defined in the description for A15/CLK_SEL1 above. 
SIGNAL NAME 
DESCRIPTION 
BU-64743XX 
BU-64843XX 
BU-64863XX 
PIN 
4K RAM 
(BU-64743XX 
BU-64843XX) 
64K RAM 
(BU-64863XX) 
16-bit bi-directional data bus.This bus interfaces the host processor to the Mini-ACE Mark3's internal regis-ters 
and internal RAM. In addition, in transparent mode, this bus allows data transfers to take place 
between the internal protocol/memory management logic and up to 64K x 16 of external RAM. Most of the 
time, the outputs for D15 through D0 are in the high impedance state. They drive outward in the buffered or 
transparent mode when the host CPU reads the internal RAM or registers. 
Also, in the transparent mode, D15-D0 will drive outward (towards the host) when the protocol/management 
logic is accessing (either reading or writing) internal RAM, or writing to external RAM. In the transparent 
mode, D15-D0 drives inward when the CPU writes internal registers or RAM, or when the protocol/memory 
management logic reads external RAM. 
D10 60 
D9 57 
D8 52 
D7 53 
D6 41 
D5 49 
D4 43 
D3 48 
D2 47 
D1 42 
D0 (LSB) 46 
TABLE 50. DATA BUS 
SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION 
PIN
A13 / 
+3.3V-LOGIC 
BU-64743XX 
BU-64843XX 
BU-64863XX 
SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION 
46 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
PIN 
A11 1 
Lower 12 bits of 16-bit bi-directional address bus. 
In both the buffered and transparent modes, the host CPU accesses Mark3 registers and internal RAM by 
means of A11 - A0 (4K versions). For 64K versions, A15-A12 are also used for this purpose. 
In buffered mode, A12-A0 (or A15-A0) are inputs only. In the transparent mode, A12-A0 (or A15-A0) are 
inputs during CPU accesses and become outputs, driving outward (towards the CPU) when the 1553 pro-tocol/ 
memory management logic accesses up to 64K words of external RAM. 
In transparent mode, the address bus is driven outward only when the signal DTACK is low (indicating that 
the Mark3 has control of the RAM interface bus) and IOEN is high, indicating a non-host access. Most of 
the time, including immediately after power turn-on, A12-A0 (or A15-A0) will be in high impedance (input) 
state. 
A10 2 
A09 75 
A08 7 
A07 12 
A06 27 
A05 74 
A04 78 
A03 13 
A02 19 
A01 33 
A00 (LSB) 18 
77 For 64K RAM versions, this signal is always configured as address line A13. Refer to 
the description for A11-A0 below. 
For 4K RAM versions, if UPADDREN is connected to logic 1, this signal operates as 
A13. 
For 4K RAM versions, if UPADDREN is connected to logic 0, then this signal MUST 
be connected to +3.3V-LOGIC (logic 1). 
A13 
A12 / RTBOOT 76 For 64K RAM versions, this signal is always configured as address line A12. Refer to 
the description for A11-A0 below. 
For 4K RAM versions, if UPADDREN is connected to logic 1, this signal operates as 
A12. 
For 4K RAM versions, if UPADDREN is connected to logic 0, then this signal func-tions 
as RTBOOT. If RTBOOT is connected to logic 0, the Mark3 will initialize in RT 
mode with the Busy status word bit set following power turn-on. If RTBOOT is hard-wired 
to logic 1, the Mark3 will initialize in either Idle mode (for an RT-only part), or in 
BC mode (for a BC/RT/MT part). 
A12 
TABLE 51. PROCESSOR ADDRESS BUS (CONT.) 
SIGNAL NAME 
DESCRIPTION 
BU-64743XX 
BU-64843XX 
BU-64863XX 
PIN 
4K RAM 
(BU-64743XX 
BU-64843XX) 
64K RAM 
(BU-64863XX)
TABLE 52. PROCESSOR INTERFACE CONTROL 
SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION 
47 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
SELECT (I) 66 Device Select. 
Generally connected to a CPU address decoder output to select the Mark3 for a transfer to/from either 
RAM or register. 
STRBD (I) 68 Strobe Data. 
Used in conjunction with SELECT to initiate and control the data transfer cycle between the host processor 
and the Mark3. STRBD must be asserted low through the full duration of the transfer cycle. 
RD / WR (I) 71 Read/Write. 
For host processor access, RD/WR selects between reading and writing. In the 16-bit buffered mode, if 
POL_SEL is logic 0, then RD/WR should be low (logic 0) for read accesses and high (logic 1) for write 
accesses. If POL_SEL is logic 1, or the interface is configured for a mode other than 16-bit buffered 
mode, then RD/WR is high (logic 1) for read accesses and low (logic 0) for write accesses. 
ADDR_LAT(I) / 
MEMOE (O) 
20 Memory Output Enable or Address Latch. 
In buffered mode, the ADDR_LAT input is used to configure the buffers for A15-A0, SELECT, MEM/REG, 
and MSB/LSB (for 8-bit mode only) in latched mode (when low) or transparent mode (when high). That is, 
the Mark3's internal transparent latches will track the values on A15-A0, SELECT, MEM/REG, and 
MSB/LSB when ADDR_LAT is high, and latch the values when ADDR_LAT goes low. 
In general, for interfacing to processors with a non-multiplexed address/data bus, ADDR_LAT should be 
hardwired to logic 1. For interfacing to processors with a multiplexed address/data bus, ADDR_LAT 
should be connected to a signal that indicates a valid address when ADDR_LAT is logic 1. 
In transparent mode, MEMOE output signal is used to enable data outputs for external RAM read cycles 
(normally connected to the OE input signal on external RAM chips). 
ZEROWAIT (I) / 
MEMWR (O) 
28 Memory Write or Zero Wait. 
In buffered mode, input signal (ZEROWAIT) used to select between the zero wait mode (ZEROWAIT = 0) 
and the non-zero wait mode (ZEROWAIT = 1). 
In transparent mode, active low output signal (MEMWR) asserted low during memory write transfers to 
strobe data into external RAM (normally connected to the WR input signal on external RAM chips). 
16 / 8 (I) / 
DTREQ (O) 
29 Data Transfer Request or Data Bus Select. 
In buffered mode, input signal 16/8 used to select between the 16 bit data transfer mode (16/8*= 1) and 
the 8-bit data transfer mode (16/8 = 0). 
In transparent mode (16-bit only), active low level output signal DTREQ used to request access to the 
processor/RAM interface bus (address and data buses). 
MSB / LSB (I) / 
DTGRT (I) 
72 Data Transfer Grant or Most Significant Byte/Least Significant Byte. 
In 8-bit buffered mode, input signal (MSB/LSB) used to indicate which byte is currently being transferred 
(MSB or LSB). The logic sense of MSB/LSB is controlled by the POL_SEL input. MSB/LSB is not used in 
the 16-bit buffered mode. 
In transparent mode, active low input signal (DTGRT) asserted in response to the DTREQ output to indi-cate 
that control of the external processor/RAM bus has been transferred from the host processor to the 
Mark3. 
BU-64743XX 
BU-64843XX 
BU-64863XX 
PIN
TABLE 52. PROCESSOR INTERFACE CONTROL (CONT.) 
SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION 
48 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
POL_SEL (I) / 
DTACK (O) 
35 Data Transfer Acknowledge or Polarity Select. 
In 16-bit buffered mode, if POL_SEL is connected to logic 1, RD/WR should be asserted high (logic 1) 
for a read operation and low (logic 0) for a write operation. In 16-bit buffered mode, if POL_SEL is con-nected 
to logic 0, RD/WR should be asserted low (logic 0) for a read operation and high (logic 1) for a 
write operation. 
In 8-bit buffered mode (TRANSPARENT/ BUFFERED = 0 and 16/8 = 0), POL_SEL input signal used to 
control the logic sense of the MSB/LSB signal. If POL_SEL is connected to logic 0, MSB/LSB should be 
asserted low (logic 0) to indicate the transfer of the least significant byte and high (logic 1) to indicate 
the transfer of the most significant byte. If POL_SEL is connected to logic 1, MSB/LSB should be asserted 
high (logic 1) to indicate the transfer of the least significant byte and low (logic 0) to indicate the transfer 
of the most significant byte. 
In transparent mode, active low output signal (DTACK) used to indicate acceptance of the processor/RAM 
interface bus in response to a data transfer grant (DTGRT). Mark3 RAM transfers over A15-A0 and D15-D0 
will be framed by the time that DTACK is asserted low. 
TRIG_SEL (I) / 
MEMENA_IN (I) 
34 Memory Enable or Trigger Select input. 
In 8-bit buffered mode, input signal (TRIG-SEL) used to select the order in which byte pairs are transferred 
to or from the Mark3 by the host processor. In the 8-bit buffered mode, TRIG_SEL should be asserted high 
(logic 1) if the byte order for both read operations and write operations is MSB followed by LSB. TRIG_SEL 
should be asserted low (logic 0) if the byte order for both read operations and write operations is LSB fol-lowed 
by MSB. 
This signal has no operation in the 16-bit buffered mode (it does not need to be connected). 
In transparent mode, active low input MEMENA_IN, used as a Chip Select (CS) input to the Mark3's inter-nal 
shared RAM. If only internal RAM is used, should be connected directly to the output of a gate that is 
OR'ing the DTACK and IOEN output signals. 
MEM / REG(I) 6 Memory/Register. 
Generally connected to either a CPU address line or address decoder output. Selects between memory 
access (MEM/REG = 1) or register access (MEM/REG = 0). 
TRANSPARENT/ 
BUFFERED (I) 
61 Used to select between the buffered mode (when strapped to logic 0) and transparent/DMA mode (when 
strapped to logic 1) for the host processor interface. 
SSFLAG (I) / 
EXT_TRIG(I) 
37 Subsystem Flag (RT) or External Trigger (BC/Word Monitor) input. 
In RT mode, if this input is asserted low, the Subsystem Flag bit will be set in the Mark3's RT Status Word. 
If the SSFLAG input is logic 0 while bit 8 of Configuration Register #1 has been programmed to logic 1 
(cleared), the Subsystem Flag RT Status Word bit will become logic 1, but bit 8 of Configuration Register 
#1, SUBSYSTEM FLAG, will return logic 1 when read. That is, the sense on the SSFLAG* input has no 
effect on the SUBSYSTEM FLAG register bit. 
In the non-enhanced BC mode, this signal operates as an External Trigger input. In BC mode, if the exter-nal 
BC Start option is enabled (bit 7 of Configuration Register #1), a low to high transition on this input will 
issue a BC Start command, starting execution of the current BC frame. 
In the enhanced BC mode, during the execution of a Wait for External Trigger (WTG) instruction, the Mark3 
BC will wait for a low-to-high transition on EXT_TRIG before proceeding to the next instruction. 
In the Word Monitor mode, if the external trigger is enabled (bit 7 of Configuration Register #1), a low to 
high transition on this input will initiate a monitor start. 
This input has no effect in Message Monitor mode. 
BU-64743XX 
BU-64843XX 
BU-64863XX 
PIN
TABLE 52. PROCESSOR INTERFACE CONTROL (CONT.) 
SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION 
READYD (O) 62 Handshake output to host processor. 
For a nonzero wait state read access, READYD is asserted at the end of a host transfer cycle to indicate that 
data is available to be read on D15 through D0 when asserted (low). For a nonzero wait state write cycle, 
READYD is asserted at the end of the cycle to indicate that data has been transferred to a register or RAM 
location. For both nonzero wait reads and writes, the host must assert STRBD low until READYD is asserted 
low. 
In the (buffered) zero wait state mode, this output is normally logic 1, indicating that the Mark3 is in a state 
ready to accept a subsequent host transfer cycle. In zero wait mode, READYD will transition from high to low 
during (or just after) a host transfer cycle, when the Mark3 initiates its internal transfer to or from registers or 
internal RAM. When the Mark3 completes its internal transfer, READYD returns to logic 1, indicating it is 
ready for the host to initiate a subsequent transfer cycle. 
TABLE 53. RT ADDRESS 
SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION 
This input signal must provide an odd parity sum with RTAD4-RTAD0 in order for the RT to respond to non-broad-cast 
commands. That is, there must be an odd number of logic 1s from among RTAD-4-RTAD0 and RTADP. 
49 
RTADP (I) 44 Remote Terminal Address Parity. 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
IOEN(O) 64 I/O Enable. 
Tri-state control for external address and data buffers. Generally not used in buffered mode. When low, indi-cates 
that the Mark3 is currently performing a host access to an internal register, or internal (for transparent 
mode) external RAM. In transparent mode, IOEN (low) should be used to enable external address and data 
bus tri-state buffers. 
BU-64743XX 
BU-64843XX 
BU-64863XX 
PIN 
RTAD4 (MSB) (I) 40 RT Address input. 
If bit 5 of Configuration Register #6, RT ADDRESS SOURCE, is programmed to logic 0 (default), then the 
Mark3's RT address is provided by means of these 5 input signals. In addition, if RT ADDRESS SOURCE is 
logic 0, the source of RT address parity is RTADP. 
There are many methods for using these input signals for designating the Mark3's RT address. For details, 
refer to the description of RT_AD_LAT. 
If RT ADDRESS SOURCE is programmed to logic 1, then the Mark3's source for its RT address and parity is 
under software control, via data lines D5-D0. In this case, the RTAD4-RTAD0 and RTADP signals are not used. 
RTAD3 (I) 39 
RTAD2 (I) 24 
RTAD1 (I) 45 
RTAD0 (LSB) (I) 38 
RT_AD_LAT (I) 36 RT Address Latch. 
Input signal used to control the Mark3's internal RT address latch. If RT_AD_LAT is connected to logic 0, then 
the Mark3 RT is configured to accept a hardwired (transparent) RT address from RTAD4-RTAD) and RTADP. 
If RT_AD_LAT is initially logic 0, and then transitions to logic 1, the values presented on RTAD4-RTAD0 
and RTADP will be latched internally on the rising edge of RT_AD_LAT. 
If RT_AD_LAT is connected to logic 1, then the Mark3's RT address is latchable under host processor con-trol. 
In this case, there are two possibilities: (1) If bit 5 of Configuration Register #6, RT ADDRESS SOURCE, 
is programmed to logic 0 (default), then the source of the RT Address is the RTAD4-RTAD0 and RTADP 
input signals. (2) If RT ADDRESS SOURCE is programmed to logic 1, then the source of the RT Address is 
the lower 6 bits of the processor data bus, D5-D1 (for RTAD4-0) and D0 (for RTADP). 
In either of these two cases (with RT_AD_LAT = 1), the processor will cause the RT address to be latched 
by: (1) Writing bit 15 of Configuration Register #3, ENHANCED MODE ENABLE, to logic 1. (2) Writing bit 3 
of Configuration Register #4, LATCH RT ADDRESS WITH CONFIGURATION REGISTER #5, to logic 1. (3) 
Writing to Configuration Register #5. In the case of RT ADDRESS SOURCE = 1, then the values of RT 
address and RT address parity must be written to the lower 6 bits of Configuration Register #5, via D5-D0. In 
the case where RT ADDRESS SOURCE = 0, the bit values presented on D5-D0 become don't care. 
BU-64743XX 
BU-64843XX 
BU-64863XX 
PIN
64K RAM 
(BU- 
64863X0) 
SLEEPIN (I) UPADDREN For 64K RAM versions with internal transceivers, this signal is always configured as SLEEPIN. 
This signal is used to control the transceiver sleep (power-down) circuitry. For these 
versions of Mark3 if SLEEPIN is connected to logic 0, the transceivers are fully pow-ered 
and operate normally. If SLEEPIN is connected to logic 1, the transceivers are in 
sleep mode (dormant, low-power mode) of operation and are NOT operational. 
For 4K RAM versions, this signal is always configured as UPADDREN. 
This signal is used to control the function of the upper 4 address inputs (A15-A12). For 
these versions of Mark3 if UPADDREN is connected to logic 1, then these four signals 
operate as address lines A15-A12. If UPADDREN is connected to logic 0, then A15 
and A14 function as CLK_SEL_1 and CLK_SEL_0 respectively; A13 MUST be con-nected 
50 
INCMD (O) / 
MCRST (O) 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
to +3.3V-LOGIC; and A12 functions as RTBOOT. 
For 64K RAM transceiverless versions, this signal is always a No Connect (NC). 
14 
INT (O) Interrupt Request output. 
If the LEVEL/PULSE interrupt bit (bit 3) of Configuration Register #2 is logic 0, a neg-ative 
pulse of approximately 500ns in width is output on INT to signal an interrupt 
request. 
If LEVEL/PULSE is high, a low level interrupt request output will be asserted on INT. 
The level interrupt will be cleared (high) after either: (1) The processor writes a value of 
logic 1 to INTERRUPT RESET, bit 2 of the Start/Reset Register; or (2) If bit 4 of 
Configuration Register #2, INTERRUPT STATUS AUTO-CLEAR is logic 1 then it will 
only be necessary to read the Interrupt Status Register (#1 and/or #2) that is request-ing 
an interrupt enabled by the corresponding Interrupt Mask Register. However, for the 
case where both Interrupt Status Register #1 and Interrupt Status Register #2 have bits 
set reflecting interrupt events, it will be necessary to read both interrupt status registers 
in order to clear INT. 
63 
CLOCK_IN (I) 26 20 MHz, 16 MHz, 12 MHz, or 10 MHz clock input. 
TX_INH_A (I) Transmitter inhibit inputs for Channel A and Channel B, MIL-STD-1553 transmitters. 
For normal operation, these inputs should be connected to logic 0. To force a shut-down 
of Channel A and/or Channel B, a value of logic 1 should be applied to the 
respective TX_INH input. 
65 
TX_INH_B (I) 67 
Master Clear. 
Negative true Reset input, normally asserted low following power turn-on. 
MSTCLR(I) 25 
Time Tag Clock. 
External clock that may be used to increment the Time Tag Register. This option is 
selected by setting Bits 7,8 and 9 of Configuration Register # 2 to Logic 1. 
TAG_CLK (I) 23 
In-command or Mode Code Reset. 
The function of this pin is controlled by bit 0 of Configuration Register #7, MODE CODE 
RESET/INCMD SELECT. 
If this register bit is logic 0 (default), INCMD will be active on this pin. For BC, RT, or 
Selective Message Monitor modes, INCMD is asserted low whenever a message is 
being processed by the Mark3. In Word Monitor mode, INCMD will be asserted low for 
as long as the monitor is online. 
For RT mode, if MODE CODE RESET/INCMD SELECT is programmed to logic 1, 
MCRST will be active. In this case, MCRST will be asserted low for two clock cycles fol-lowing 
receipt of a Reset remote terminal mode command. 
In BC or Monitor modes, if MODE CODE RESET/INCMD SELECT is logic 1, this sig-nal 
is inoperative; i.e., in this case, it will always output a value of logic 1. 
32 
TABLE 54. MISCELLANEOUS 
SIGNAL NAME 
DESCRIPTION 
BU-64743XX 
BU-64843XX 
BU-64863XX 
PIN 
4K RAM 
(BU-64743XX 
BU-64843XX) 
NC 
64K RAM 
(BU-64863X8 
BU-64863X9)
51 
BU-64743XX 
BU-64843XX 
BU-64863XX 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
NC 
4 
No User Connections to these pins allowed. 
8 
9 
11 
16 
21 
TABLE 55. NO USER CONNECTIONS 
SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION 
PIN
TABLE 56. MINI-ACE MARK3 BU-64XX3X8/9 VERSIONS PINOUTS 
35 
36 
37 SSFLAG/EXT_TRIG 77 AD13 
38 RTAD0 78 AD04 
39 RTAD3 79 GND_XCVR 
40 RTAD4 80 AD14 
52 
8 
9 
10 
11 DO NOT CONNECT - FACTORY TEST POINT 
16 
17 
18 
19 AD02 
20 ADDR_LAT/MEMOE 
21 DO NOT CONNECT - FACTORY TEST POINT 
22 
23 
24 
25 MSTCLR 
26 CLOCK_IN 
27 
28 
29 16/8/DTREQ 
30 3.3V_LOGIC 
31 
32 
33 AD01 
34 TRIG_SEL/MEMENA_IN 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
46 
DB00 
47 DB02 
48 
GND_LOGIC 
54 
DB13 
55 DB12 
56 
58 DB11 
59 
DB15 
60 
DB10 
61 TRANS/BUFF 
62 READYD 
INT 
IOEN 
SELECT 
66 
67 TX_INH_B 
68 
STRBD 
69 3.3V_LOGIC 
70 
71 RD/WR 
72 MSB/LSB/DTGRT 
73 
AD15 
74 
AD05 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
PIN 
41 
DB06 
42 
DB08 
43 
3.3V_LOGIC 
44 
DB05 
45 
DB03 
49 
RTAD1 
50 
RTADP 
51 
FUNCTION 
DB04 
52 
DB01 
DB09 
53 
DB14 
57 
DB07 
TX_INH_A 
63 
64 
65 
GND_LOGIC 
75 AD09 
76 AD12 
1 AD11 
AD10 
TX/RX_A 
PIN 
DO NOT CONNECT - FACTORY TEST POINT 
2 
FUNCTION 
3 
4 
5 TX/RX_A 
6 MEM/REG 
7 AD08 
DO NOT CONNECT - FACTORY TEST POINT 
DO NOT CONNECT - FACTORY TEST POINT 
3.3V_XCVR 
12 AD07 
13 AD03 
14 SLEEPIN/UPADDREN 
15 TX/RX_B 
DO NOT CONNECT - FACTORY TEST POINT 
TX/RX_B 
AD00 
GND_XCVR 
TAG_CLK 
RTAD2 
AD06 
ZEROWAIT/MEMWR 
GND_LOGIC 
INCMD/MCRST 
POL_SEL/DTACK 
RT_AD_LAT
TABLE 57. MINI-ACE MARK3 BU-64XX3X0 (TRANSCEIVERLESS) VERSION PINOUTS 
35 
36 
37 SSFLAG/EXT_TRIG 77 AD13 
38 RTAD0 78 AD04 
39 RTAD3 79 GND_LOGIC 
40 RTAD4 80 AD14 
53 
8 
9 
10 
11 TXINH_A_OUT 
16 
17 
18 
19 AD02 
20 ADDR_LAT/MEMOE 
21 RXDATA_B 
22 
23 
24 
25 MSTCLR 
26 CLOCK_IN 
27 
28 
29 16/8/DTREQ 
30 3.3V_LOGIC 
31 
32 
33 AD01 
34 TRIG_SEL/MEMENA_IN 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
46 
DB00 
47 DB02 
48 
GND_LOGIC 
54 
DB13 
55 DB12 
56 
58 DB11 
59 
DB15 
60 
DB10 
61 TRANS/BUFF 
62 READYD 
INT 
IOEN 
SELECT 
66 
67 TX_INH_B 
68 
STRBD 
69 3.3V_LOGIC 
70 
71 RD/WR 
72 MSB/LSB/DTGRT 
73 
AD15 
74 
AD05 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
PIN 
41 
DB06 
42 
DB08 
43 
3.3V_LOGIC 
44 
DB05 
45 
DB03 
49 
RTAD1 
50 
RTADP 
51 
FUNCTION 
DB04 
52 
DB01 
DB09 
53 
DB14 
57 
DB07 
TX_INH_A 
63 
64 
65 
GND_LOGIC 
75 AD09 
76 AD12 
1 AD11 
AD10 
TXDATA_A 
PIN 
RXDATA_A * 
2 
FUNCTION 
3 
4 
5 TXDATA_A 
6 MEM/REG 
7 AD08 
RXDATA_A 
TXINH_B_OUT 
+3.3V_LOGIC 
12 AD07 
13 AD03 
14 UPADDREN/NC 
15 TXDATA_B 
RXDATA_B * 
TXDATA_B 
AD00 
GND_LOGIC 
TAG_CLK 
RTAD2 
AD06 
ZEROWAIT/MEMWR 
GND_LOGIC 
INCMD/MCRST 
POL_SEL/DTACK 
RT_AD_LAT 
* NOTE: Standard transceiverless parts have their receiver inputs internally strapped for single-ended operation. The RXDATAx pins are connected to inputs that 
are not enabled.
0.890 MAX 
(22.606) 
19 EQUAL SPACES 
0.760 (19.304) 
(TOL. NON-CUMM.) 
TOP VIEW 
INDEX DENOTES 
PIN NO. 1 
0.910 MAX. 
(23.114) 
SIDE VIEW 
54 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
19 EQUAL SPACES 
0.760 (19.304) 
(TOL. NON-CUMM.) 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
1 
Notes: 
1) Dimensions are in inches (mm). 
20 
21 
60 41 
61 
80 
PIN 1 DENOTED BY 
INDEX MARK 
PIN NUMBERS FOR 
REFERENCE ONLY 
0.040 TYP. 
(1.016) 
0.015 TYP. 
(0.381) 
0.040 TYP. 
(1.016) 
40 
0.890 MAX 
(22.606) 
R 0.012 TYP 
(R 0.305) 
0.006 +0.010 
- 0.004 
+0.254 
(0.152 - 0 .1 0 2 ) 
1.020 MAX. 
(25.908) 
1.130 MAX. 
(28.702) 
0.130 MAX. 
(3.302) 
0.008 MAX. 
(0.2032) 
0.055 MAX. 
(1.397) 
0.055 
(1.397) 
1.130 MAX 
(28.702) 
FIGURE 16. MECHANICAL OUTLINE DRAWING FOR MINI-ACE MARK3 80-PIN GULL WING PACKAGE
0.130 
(3.302) 
INDEX DENOTES 
PIN NO. 1 
FIGURE 17. MECHANICAL OUTLINE DRAWING FOR MINI-ACE MARK3 80-PIN FLAT PACKAGE 
55 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
1 
Notes: 
1) Dimensions are in inches (mm). 
0.890 MAX 
(22.606) 
19 EQUAL SPACES 
0.760 (19.304) 
(TOL. NON-CUMM.) 
TOP VIEW 
SIDE VIEW 
20 
21 
60 41 
61 
80 
PIN NUMBERS FOR 
REFERENCE ONLY 
0.880 
(23.352) 
0.040 TYP. 
(1.016) 
0.015 TYP. 
(0.381) 
40 
1.880 MAX 
(47.75) 
0.200 (05.08) 
2.360 MAX 
(59.94) 
0.500 TYP 
(12.70) 
0.050 (1.27) 
0.040 (1.016) 
0.008 (0.2032) 
0.025 (0.635)
ORDERING INFORMATION FOR MINI-ACE MARK3 
BU-64XX3XX-XXXX 
Supplemental Process Requirements: 
S = Pre-Cap Source Inspection 
L = Pull Test 
Q = Pull Test and Pre-Cap Inspection 
K = One Lot Date Code 
W = One Lot Date Code and Pre-Cap Source 
Y = One Lot Date Code and 100% Pull Test 
Z = One Lot Date Code, Pre-Cap Source and 100% Pull Test 
Blank = None of the Above 
STANDARD DDC PROCESSING 
MIL-STD-883 
METHOD(S) CONDITION(S) 
TEST 
INSPECTION 2009, 2010, 2017, and 2032 — 
SEAL 1014 A and C 
TEMPERATURE CYCLE 1010 C 
CONSTANT ACCELERATION 2001 A 
56 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
BURN-IN 1015, Table 1 — 
Test Criteria: 
0 = Standard Testing 
2 = MIL-STD-1760 Amplitude Compliant (not available with Voltage/Transceiver Options 0 “Transceiverless or 
9 “McAir compatible”) 
Process Requirements: 
0 = Standard DDC practices, no Burn-In 
1 = MIL-PRF-38534 Compliant 
2 = B* 
3 = MIL-PRF-38534 Compliant with PIND Testing 
4 = MIL-PRF-38534 Compliant with Solder Dip 
5 = MIL-PRF-38534 Compliant with PIND Testing and Solder Dip 
6 = B* with PIND Testing 
7 = B* with Solder Dip 
8 = B* with PIND Testing and Solder Dip 
9 = Standard DDC Processing with Solder Dip, no Burn-In (see table below) 
Temperature Range**/Data Requirements: 
1 = -55°C to +125°C 
2 = -40°C to +85°C 
3 = 0°C to +70°C 
4 = -55°C to +125°C with Variables Test Data 
5 = -40°C to +85°C with Variables Test Data 
6 = Custom Part (Reserved) 
7 = Custom Part (Reserved) 
8 = 0°C to +70°C with Variables Test Data 
Voltage/Transceiver Option: 
0 = Transceiverless 
8 = +3.3 Volts rise/fall times = 100 to 300 ns (-1553B) 
9 = +3.3 Volts rise/fall times = 200 to 300 ns (-1553B and McAir compatible. Not available with 
Test Criteria option 2 “MIL-STD-1760 Amplitude Compliant”) 
Package Type: 
F = 80-Lead Flat Pack 
G = 80-Lead “Gull Wing” (Formed Lead) 
Logic / RAM Voltage 
3 = 3.3 Volt 
Product Type: 
BU-6474 = RT only with 4K RAM 
BU-6484 = BC /RT / MT with 4K x 16 RAM 
BU-6486 = BC /RT / MT with 64K x 17 RAM 
* Standard DDC processing with burn-in and full temperature test. See table below. 
** Temperature Range applies to case temperature.
57 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
NOTES:
58 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
NOTES:
59 
Data Device Corporation 
www.ddc-web.com 
BU-64743/64843/64863 
C-03/03-300 
NOTES:
® U 
REGISTEREDFIRM 
DATA DEVICE CORPORATION 
REGISTERED TO ISO 9001 
FILE NO. A5976 
The information in this data sheet is believed to be accurate; however, no responsibility is 
assumed by Data Device Corporation for its use, and no license or rights are 
granted by implication or otherwise in connection therewith. 
Specifications are subject to change without notice. 
Please visit our web site at www.ddc-web.com for the latest information. 
105 Wilbur Place, Bohemia, New York, U.S.A. 11716-2482 
For Technical Support - 1-800-DDC-5757 ext. 7234 
Headquarters, N.Y., U.S.A. - Tel: (631) 567-5600, Fax: (631) 567-7358 
Southeast, U.S.A. - Tel: (703) 450-7900, Fax: (703) 450-6610 
West Coast, U.S.A. - Tel: (714) 895-9777, Fax: (714) 895-4988 
United Kingdom - Tel: +44-(0)1635-811140, Fax: +44-(0)1635-32264 
Ireland - Tel: +353-21-341065, Fax: +353-21-341568 
France - Tel: +33-(0)1-41-16-3424, Fax: +33-(0)1-41-16-3425 
Germany - Tel: +49-(0)8141-349-087, Fax: +49-(0)8141-349-089 
Japan - Tel: +81-(0)3-3814-7688, Fax: +81-(0)3-3814-7689 
World Wide Web - http://www.ddc-web.com 
C-03/03-300 60 PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.

More Related Content

PDF
Cnsh2401g
PDF
Modificação saida erf_2030_ept3600_mod(2)
PDF
ComNet CNGE2FE4SMS Data Sheet
PDF
Pasolink Neo Training Doc
PDF
Torque systems bmr2200_specsheet
PDF
American Fibertek MX49SXSTPOEPLUS Data Sheet
PDF
Kv 21fe12-9
PDF
Delta products overview
Cnsh2401g
Modificação saida erf_2030_ept3600_mod(2)
ComNet CNGE2FE4SMS Data Sheet
Pasolink Neo Training Doc
Torque systems bmr2200_specsheet
American Fibertek MX49SXSTPOEPLUS Data Sheet
Kv 21fe12-9
Delta products overview

What's hot (18)

PPTX
Cell d 300 (evo2) product presentation
PDF
American Fibertek RR-1640E Data Sheet
PPTX
Cell d 300 (evo2) product presentation
PDF
PDF
American Fibertek Mx 49-sx-sc-poe
PPTX
Summit x770
PPTX
Cell d 600 (evo) product presentation
PDF
Altus exertus-specification
PDF
Rb1100 a hx2
PDF
Iai rcp2 ba7_specsheet
PDF
Max 232
PDF
Cable Winch - Telecoms Cable Pulling Winch - SEB CW3000
PDF
American Fibertek MX50FXSTPOEHP Data Sheet
PDF
RF datasheet
PDF
Mirus drive 18_transformers_datasheet
PDF
Ubbp
PDF
Iai rcp3 sa2_ac_specsheet
PDF
Altus optimus-specification
Cell d 300 (evo2) product presentation
American Fibertek RR-1640E Data Sheet
Cell d 300 (evo2) product presentation
American Fibertek Mx 49-sx-sc-poe
Summit x770
Cell d 600 (evo) product presentation
Altus exertus-specification
Rb1100 a hx2
Iai rcp2 ba7_specsheet
Max 232
Cable Winch - Telecoms Cable Pulling Winch - SEB CW3000
American Fibertek MX50FXSTPOEHP Data Sheet
RF datasheet
Mirus drive 18_transformers_datasheet
Ubbp
Iai rcp3 sa2_ac_specsheet
Altus optimus-specification
Ad

Similar to Bu 64843 (20)

PDF
10Gb/s 80km DWDM SFP+ Transceiver Hot Pluggable, Duplex LC, +3.3V, 100GHz ITU...
PDF
10Gb/s DWDM SFP+ Transceiver Hot Pluggable, Duplex LC, +3.3V, 100GHz ITU Grid...
PDF
Blueoptics bo35h856s3d 8gbase-sw sfp+ transceiver 850nm 300m multimode lc dup...
PDF
Msp430g2453
PDF
NST Product Catalog
PDF
Blueoptics bo35j856s3d 10gbase-sr sfp+ transceiver 850nm 300m multimode lc du...
PDF
1 mrk511232 ben-e_en_product_guide__rec670_1.2_pre-configured
PPT
Power system-protection-presentation-dated-03-10-2013-integrated-protection-c...
PDF
Blueoptics bo56hxx680d 8gbase cwdm sfp+ transceiver 80km singlemode lc duplex...
PDF
Blueoptics bo56hxx680d 8gbase cwdm sfp+ transceiver 80km singlemode lc duplex...
PDF
10Gb/s Tunable SFP+ Transceiver Hot Pluggable, Duplex LC, +3.3V, 100GHz, Mono...
PDF
Aruba 2920 Switch Series Data Sheet
PDF
BlueOptics Bo66 jxx640d t2 10gbase cwdm xfp transceiver 1471nm 1611nm 40 km s...
PDF
BlueOptics Bo66jxx680d 10gbase cwdm xfp transceiver 1471nm 1611nm 80 km singl...
PDF
Mini plc-programmable logic controller
PDF
huawei-ce6850-ei-b-b0a-brochure-datasheet.pdf
PDF
Product Selection Guide
PPTX
Summit x770 product overview
 
PDF
데이타로직 Datalogic DS6300 1D 산업용 고정식 바코드스캐너 레이저스캐너 매뉴얼
PDF
BlueOptics Bo31j15680dc 10gbase-zr xfp transceiver 1550nm 80km singlemode lc ...
10Gb/s 80km DWDM SFP+ Transceiver Hot Pluggable, Duplex LC, +3.3V, 100GHz ITU...
10Gb/s DWDM SFP+ Transceiver Hot Pluggable, Duplex LC, +3.3V, 100GHz ITU Grid...
Blueoptics bo35h856s3d 8gbase-sw sfp+ transceiver 850nm 300m multimode lc dup...
Msp430g2453
NST Product Catalog
Blueoptics bo35j856s3d 10gbase-sr sfp+ transceiver 850nm 300m multimode lc du...
1 mrk511232 ben-e_en_product_guide__rec670_1.2_pre-configured
Power system-protection-presentation-dated-03-10-2013-integrated-protection-c...
Blueoptics bo56hxx680d 8gbase cwdm sfp+ transceiver 80km singlemode lc duplex...
Blueoptics bo56hxx680d 8gbase cwdm sfp+ transceiver 80km singlemode lc duplex...
10Gb/s Tunable SFP+ Transceiver Hot Pluggable, Duplex LC, +3.3V, 100GHz, Mono...
Aruba 2920 Switch Series Data Sheet
BlueOptics Bo66 jxx640d t2 10gbase cwdm xfp transceiver 1471nm 1611nm 40 km s...
BlueOptics Bo66jxx680d 10gbase cwdm xfp transceiver 1471nm 1611nm 80 km singl...
Mini plc-programmable logic controller
huawei-ce6850-ei-b-b0a-brochure-datasheet.pdf
Product Selection Guide
Summit x770 product overview
 
데이타로직 Datalogic DS6300 1D 산업용 고정식 바코드스캐너 레이저스캐너 매뉴얼
BlueOptics Bo31j15680dc 10gbase-zr xfp transceiver 1550nm 80km singlemode lc ...
Ad

Bu 64843

  • 1. ® Data Device Corporation 105 Wilbur Place Bohemia, New York 11716 631-567-5600 Fax: 631-567-7358 www.ddc-web.com FEATURES • Fully Integrated 3.3 Volt, 1553 A/B Notice 2 Terminal • Worlds first all 3.3 Volt terminal (No other power supplies required) • Transceiver power-down option (64K RAM Versions Only) • Smallest 0.88" X 0.88", 0.130" Max Height CQFP • 80-pin Ceramic Flat pack or Gull Wing Package • Enhanced Mini-ACE Architecture • Multiple Configurations: - RT-only, 4K RAM - BC/RT/Monitor, 4K RAM - BC/RT/Monitor, 64K RAM • Supports 1553A/B Notice 2, McAir, STANAG 3838 Protocols • MIL-STD-1553, McAir, and MIL-STD-1760 Transceiver Options • Highly Flexible Host Side Interface • Compatible With Mini-ACE and ACE Generations • Highly Autonomous BC with Built-In Message Sequence Controller • Choice of Single, Double, and Circular RT Buffering Options • Selective Message Monitor • Comprehensive Built-In Self-Test • Choice Of 10, 12, 16, or 20 MHz Clock Inputs • Software Libraries and Drivers available for Windows® 9x/2000/XP, Windows NT®,VxWorks® and Linux • Available with Full Military Temperature Range and Screening FOR MORE INFORMATION CONTACT: Technical Support: 1-800-DDC-5757 ext. 7234 DESCRIPTION The Mini-ACE Mark3 is the world's first MIL-STD-1553 terminal pow-ered entirely by 3.3 volts, thus eliminating the need for a 5 volt power supply. With a package body of 0.88 inches square and a gull wing "toe-to-toe" dimension of 1.13 inches max, the Mark3 is the industry's smallest ceramic gull-lead 1553 terminal, enabling its use in applica-tions where PC board space is at a premium. The Mark3 integrates dual transceiver, protocol logic, and either 4K or 64K words of internal RAM. The Mark3's architecture is identical to that of the Enhanced Mini-ACE, and most features are functionally and software compatible with the previous Mini-ACE (Plus) and ACE generations. A salient feature of the Mark3 is its advanced bus controller architec-ture. This provides methods to control message scheduling, the means to minimize host overhead for asynchronous message inser-tion, facilitate bulk data transfers and double buffering, and support various message retry and bus switching strategies. The Mark3's remote terminal architecture provides flexibility in meet-ing all common MIL-STD-1553 protocols. The choice of RT data buffering and interrupt options provides robust support for synchro-nous and asynchronous messaging, while ensuring data sample consistency and supporting bulk data transfers. The Mark3's monitor mode provides true message monitoring, and supports filtering on an RT address/T-R bit/subaddress basis. The Mark3 incorporates fully autonomous built-in self-tests of its internal protocol logic and RAM. The Mark3 terminals provide the same flexibility in host interface configurations as the ACE/Mini-ACE, along with a reduction in the host processor's worst case holdoff time. © 2002 Data Device Corporation BU-64743/64843/64863 Mini-ACE™ MARK3 Make sure the next Card you purchase has... All trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
  • 2. Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com 2 BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 TRANSCEIVER A DATA BUS D15-D0 +3.3V (1:2.7) +3.3V (1:2.7) RTAD4-RTAD0, RTADP, RTADD_LAT FIGURE 1. MINI-ACE MARK3 BLOCK DIAGRAM CH. A TRANSCEIVER B CH. B DUAL ENCODER/DECODER, MULTIPROTOCOL AND MEMORY MANAGEMENT RT ADDRESS SHARED RAM (1) ADDRESS BUS PROCESSOR AND MEMORY INTERFACE LOGIC A15-A0 DATA BUFFERS ADDRESS BUFFERS PROCESSOR DATA BUS PROCESSOR ADDRESS BUS MISCELLANEOUS INCMD/MCRST CLK_IN, TAG_CLK, MSTCLR, SSFLAG/EXT_TRG, TX-INH_A, TX-INH_B, SLEEPIN/UPADDREN TRANSPARENT/BUFFERED, STRBD, SELECT, RD/WR, MEM/REG, TRIGGER_SEL/MEMENA-IN, MSB/LSB/DTGRT IOEN, READYD ADDR_LAT/MEMOE, ZERO_WAIT/MEMWR, 8/16-BIT/DTREQ, POLARITY_SEL/DTACK INT PROCESSOR AND MEMORY CONTROL INTERRUPT REQUEST TX/RX_A TX/RX_A TX/RX_B TX/RX_B NOTE 1: See Ordering Information for Available Memory Options. NOTE 2: Transformer-coupled ratio shown. +3.3V (Note 2) (Note 2)
  • 3. 3 TABLE 1. MINI-ACE MARK3 SERIES SPECIFICATIONS PARAMETER MIN TYP MAX UNITS Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com TABLE 1. MINI-ACE MARK3 SERIES SPECIFICATIONS (CONT.) PARAMETER MIN TYP MAX UNITS V V mA mA mA mA mA mA mA mA mA mA mA mA A mA mA mA mA A mA mA 3.46 3.46 95 310 525 955 69 110 325 540 970 95 332 583 1.041 69 110 347 598 1.056 40 55 BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 3.14 3.14 POWER SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS Voltages/Tolerances (Note 12) • +3.3 V Logic • +3.3 V Transceivers Current Drain (Total Hybrid) (Note 14) BU-64743X8/9-XX0, BU-64843X8/9-XX0 (1553&McAir) • Idle • 25% Duty Transmitter Cycle • 50% Duty Transmitter Cycle • 100% Duty Transmitter Cycle BU-64863X8/9-XX0 (1553&McAir) • Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN enabled • Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN disabled • 25% Duty Transmitter Cycle • 50% Duty Transmitter Cycle • 100% Duty Transmitter Cycle BU-64743X8-XX2, BU-64843X8-XX2 (1760) • Idle • 25% Duty Transmitter Cycle • 50% Duty Transmitter Cycle • 100% Duty Transmitter Cycle BU-64863X8-XX2 (1760) • Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN enabled • Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN disabled • 25% Duty Transmitter Cycle • 50% Duty Transmitter Cycle • 100% Duty Transmitter Cycle BU-64743X0-XX0, BU-64843X0-XX0 (Xcvrless) BU-64863X0-XX0 (Xcvrless) 3.3 3.3 W W W W W W W W W W W W W 0.31 0.67 1.02 1.72 0.23 0.36 0.72 1.07 1.78 0.31 0.74 1.16 2.01 POWER DISSIPATION (NOTES 14 AND 15) Total Hybrid BU-64743X8/9-XX0, BU-64843X8/9-XX0 (1553&McAir) • Idle • 25% Duty Transmitter Cycle • 50% Duty Transmitter Cycle • 100% Duty Transmitter Cycle BU-64863X8/9-XX0 (1553&McAir) • Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN enabled • Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN disabled • 25% Duty Transmitter Cycle • 50% Duty Transmitter Cycle • 100% Duty Transmitter Cycle BU-64743X8-XX2, BU-64843X8-XX2 (1760) • Idle • 25% Duty Transmitter Cycle • 50% Duty Transmitter Cycle • 100% Duty Transmitter Cycle V V V V V V μA μA μA μA μA V V mA mA pF pF 0.7 0.2•Vcc 10 -33 -33 10 10 0.4 -3.4 50 50 2.1 0.8•Vcc 0.4 1.0 -10 -350 -350 -10 -10 2.4 3.4 LOGIC VIH All signals except CLK_IN CLK_IN VIL All signals except CLK_IN CLK_IN Schmidt Hysteresis All signals except CLK_IN CLK_IN IIH, IIL All signals except CLK_IN IIH (Vcc=3.6V, VIN=Vcc) IIH (Vcc=3.6V, VIN=2.7V) IIL (Vcc=3.6V, VIN=0.4V) CLK_IN IIH IIL VOH (Vcc=3.0V, VIH=2.7V, VIL=0.2V, IOH=max) VOL (Vcc=3.0V, VIH=2.7V, VIL=0.2V, IOL=max) IOL IOH CI (Input Capacitance) CIO (Bi-directional signal input capacitance) Vp-p Vp-p Vp-p mVp-p mVp nsec nsec 9 27 27 10 250 300 300 7 20 22 150 250 6 18 20 -250 100 200 TRANSMITTER Differential Output Voltage • Direct Coupled Across 35 Ω, Measured on Bus • Transformer Coupled Across 70 Ω, Measured on Bus (BU-64XX3XX-XX0, BU-64XX3X8-XX2) (Note 13) Output Noise, Differential (Direct Coupled) Output Offset Voltage, Transformer Coupled Across 70 Ω Rise/Fall Time (BU-64XX3X8, BU-64XX3X9) kΩ pF Vp-p Vpeak 5 0.860 10 2.5 0.200 RECEIVER Differential Input Resistance (Notes 1-6) Differential Input Capacitance (Notes 1-6) Threshold Voltage, Transformer Coupled, Measured on Stub Common-Mode Voltage (Note 7) V V V 6.0 6.0 4.5 -0.3 -0.3 -0.3 ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATING Supply Voltage (Note 12) • Logic (Voltage Input Range) • Transceivers (not during Transmit) • Transceivers (during Transmit)
  • 4. 4 TABLE 1. MINI-ACE MARK3 SERIES SPECIFICATIONS (CONT.) PARAMETER MIN TYP MAX UNITS Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com TABLE 1. MINI-ACE MARK3 SERIES SPECIFICATIONS (CONT.) PARAMETER MIN TYP MAX UNITS °C/W °C °C °C °C °C °C in. (mm) in. (mm) oz (g) 11 +125 +85 +70 +155 +155 +300 BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 9 0.88 X 0.88 X 0.13 (22.3 X 22.3 X 3.3) 1.13 (28.7) 0.6 (17) -55 -40 0 -55 -65 THERMAL Thermal Resistance, Ceramic Flat pack / Gull Wing Package Junction-to-Case, Hottest Die (θJC) Note 16 Operating Case Temperature -1XX, -4XX -2XX, -5XX -3XX, -8XX Operating Junction Temperature Storage Temperature Lead Temperature (soldering, 10 sec.) PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS Package Body Size 80-pin Ceramic Flat pack or Gull Wing Lead Toe-to-Toe Distance 80-pin Gull Wing Weight Ceramic Flat pack / Gull Wing Package W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W 0.23 0.36 0.79 1.21 2.06 0.132 0.182 0.02 0.09 0.45 0.80 1.51 0.02 0.09 0.54 0.95 1.80 0.13 POWER DISSIPATION (CONT) (NOTES 14 AND 15) BU-64863X8-XX2 (1760) • Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN enabled • Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN disabled • 25% Duty Transmitter Cycle • 50% Duty Transmitter Cycle • 100% Duty Transmitter Cycle BU-64743X0-XX0, BU-64843X0-XX0 (Xcvrless) BU-64863X0-XX0 (Xcvrless) Hottest Die BU-64XX3X8/9-XX0 (1553&McAir) • Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN enabled (BU-64863 only) • Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN disabled • 25% Duty Transmitter Cycle • 50% Duty Transmitter Cycle • 100% Duty Transmitter Cycle BU-64XX3X8-XX2 (1760) • Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN enabled (BU-64863 only) • Idle w/ transceiver SLEEPIN disabled • 25% Duty Transmitter Cycle • 50% Duty Transmitter Cycle • 100% Duty Transmitter Cycle BU-64XX3X0-XX0 (Xcvrless) MHz MHz MHz MHz % % % % % -0.01 -0.10 0.001 0.01 60 0.01 0.10 -0.001 -0.01 40 CLOCK INPUT • Frequency: Nominal Values Default Mode Option Option Option • Long Term Tolerance 1553A Compliance 1553B Compliance • Short Term Tolerance, 1 second 1553A Compliance 1553B Compliance Duty Cycle 16.0 12.0 10.0 20.0 μs μs μs μs μs μs μs μs μs 19.5 23.5 51.5 131 7 17.5 21.5 49.5 127 4 1553 MESSAGE TIMING Completion of CPU Write (BC Start)-to-Start of First Message for Non-enhanced BC Mode BC Intermessage Gap (Note 8) Non-enhanced (Mini-ACE compatible) BC mode Enhanced BC mode (Note 9) BC/RT/MT Response Timeout (Note 10) • 18.5 nominal • 22.5 nominal • 50.5 nominal • 128.0 nominal RT Response Time (mid-parity to mid-sync) (Note 11) Transmitter Watchdog Timeout 2.5 9.5 10 to 10.5 18.0 22.5 50.5 129.5 660.5 TABLE 1 Notes: Notes 1 through 6 are applicable to the Receiver Differential Resistance and Receiver Differential Input Capacitance specifications: (1) Specifications include both transmitter and receiver (tied together internally). (2) Impedance parameters are specified directly between pins TX/RX_A(B) and TX/RX_A(B) of the Mini-ACE Mark3 hybrid. (3) It is assumed that all power and ground inputs to the hybrid are con-nected. (4) The specifications are applicable for both unpowered and powered conditions. (5) The specifications assume a 2 volt rms balanced, differential, sinu-soidal input. The applicable frequency range is 75 kHz to 1 MHz. (6) Minimum resistance and maximum capacitance parameters are guaranteed over the operating range, but are not tested. (7) Assumes a common-mode voltage within the frequency range of dc to 2 MHz, applied to pins of the isolation transformer on the stub side (either direct or transformer coupled), and referenced to hybrid ground. Transformer must be a DDC recommended transformer or other transformer that provides an equivalent minimum CMRR. (8) Typical value for minimum intermessage gap time. Under software control, this may be lengthened (to 65,535 ms - message time) in increments of 1 μs. If ENHANCED CPU ACCESS, bit 14 of Configuration Register #6, is set to logic "1", then host accesses during BC Start-of-Message (SOM) and End-of-Message (EOM) transfer sequences could have the effect of lengthening the inter-message gap time. For each host access during an SOM or EOM sequence, the intermessage gap time will be lengthened by 6 clock cycles. Since there are 7 internal transfers during SOM and 5 dur-ing EOM, this could theoretically lengthen the intermessage gap by up to 72 clock cycles; i.e., up to 7.2 ms with a 10 MHz clock, 6.0 μs with a 12 MHz clock, 4.5 μs with a 16 MHz clock, or 3.6 μs with a 20 MHz clock.
  • 5. 5 TABLE 1 Notes: (Cont’d) Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com The Mini-ACE Mark3 includes a 3.3 volt voltage source trans-ceiver for improved line driving capability, with options for MIL-STD- 1760 and McAir compatibility. Mark3 versions with 64K x 17 RAM offer an additional transceiver power-down (SLEEPIN) option to further reduce device power consumption. To provide further flexibility, the Mini-ACE Mark3 may operate with a choice of 10, 12, 16, or 20 MHz clock inputs. One of the new salient features of the Mark3 is its Enhanced bus controller architecture. The Enhanced BC's highly autonomous message sequence control engine provides a means for offload-ing the host processor for implementing multiframe message scheduling, message retry schemes, data double buffering, and asynchronous message insertion. For the purpose of performing messaging to the host processor, the Enhanced BC mode includes a General Purpose Queue, along with user-defined interrupts. A second major new feature of the Mark3 is the incorporation of a fully autonomous built-in self-test. This test provides compre-hensive testing of the internal protocol logic. A separate test ver-ifies the operation of the internal RAM. Since the self-tests are fully autonomous, they eliminate the need for the host to write and read stimulus and response vectors. The Mini-ACE Mark3 RT offers the same choices of single, dou-ble, and circular buffering for individual subaddresses as the ACE, Mini-ACE (Plus) and Enhanced Mini-ACE. New enhance-ments to the RT architecture include a global circular buffering option for multiple (or all) receive subaddresses, a 50% rollover interrupt for circular buffers, an interrupt status queue for logging up to 32 interrupt events, and an option to automatically initialize to RT mode with the Busy bit set. The interrupt status queue and 50% rollover interrupt features are also included as improve-ments BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 to the Mark3's Monitor architecture. To minimize board space and "glue" logic, the Mini-ACE Mark3 terminals provide the same wide choice of host interface config-urations as the ACE, Mini-ACE (Plus) and Enhanced Mini-ACE. This includes support of interfaces to 16-bit or 8-bit processors, memory or port type interfaces, and multiplexed or non-multi-plexed address/data buses. In addition, with respect to ACE/Mini-ACE (Plus), the worst case processor wait time has been significantly reduced. For example, assuming a 16 MHz clock, this time has been reduced from 2.8 μs to 632 ns for read accesses, and to 570 ns for write accesses. The Mini-ACE Mark3 series terminals operate over the full mili-tary temperature range of -55 to +125°C and are available screened to MIL-PRF-38534C. The terminals are ideal for mili-tary and industrial processor-to-1553 applications powered by 3.3 volts only. (9) For Enhanced BC mode, the typical value for intermessage gap time is approximately 10 clock cycles longer than for the non-enhanced BC mode. That is, an addition of 1.0 μs at 10 MHz, 833 ns at 12 MHz, 625 ns at 16 MHz, or 500 ns at 20 MHz. (10) Software programmable (4 options). Includes RT-to-RT Timeout (measured mid-parity of transmit Command Word to mid-sync of transmitting RT Status Word). (11) Measured from mid-parity crossing of Command Word to mid-sync crossing of RT's Status Word. (12) External 10 μF tantalum and 0.1 μF capacitors should be located as close as possible to +3.3 Vdc input pins 10, 30, 51, and 69. (13) MIL-STD-1760 requires a 20 Vp-p minimum output on the stub con-nection. (14) Current drain and power dissipation specs are preliminary and sub-ject to change. (15) Power dissipation specifications assume a transformer coupled configuration with external dissipation (while transmitting) of: • 0.14 watts for the active isolation transformer, • 0.08 watts for the active bus coupling transformer, • 0.45 watts for EACH of the two bus isolation resistors and • 0.15 watts for EACH of the two bus termination resistors. (16) θJC is measured to bottom of ceramic case. INTRODUCTION The Mini-ACE Mark3 is the world's first MIL-STD-1553 terminal powered entirely by 3.3 volts, thus eliminating the need for a 5 volt power supply. The BU-64743 RT only, and BU- 64843/64863 BC/RT/MT Mini-ACE Mark3 family of MIL-STD- 1553 terminals comprise a complete integrated interface between a host processor and a MIL-STD-1553 bus. The Mini- ACE Mark3 is available in a 0.88 square inch flat pack or gull wing package with a "toe-to-toe" dimension of 1.13 inches max-imum. The Mark3 is the industry's smallest ceramic gull-lead 1553 terminal, enabling its use in applications where PC board space is at a premium. The Mark3's architecture is identical to that of the Enhanced Mini-ACE, and most features are function-ally and software compatible with the previous Mini-ACE (Plus) and ACE generations. The Mini-ACE Mark3 provides complete multiprotocol support of MIL-STD-1553A/B/McAir and STANAG 3838. The Mark3 inte-grates dual transceiver, protocol logic, and either 4K or 64K words of internal RAM. The BU-64843 and BU-64863 BC/RT/MT terminals include 64K words of internal RAM, with built-in parity checking.
  • 6. 6 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com TABLE 2. ADDRESS MAPPING A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 0 0 0 0 0 Interrupt Mask Register #1 (RD/WR) 0 0 0 0 1 Configuration Register #1 (RD/WR) 0 0 0 1 0 Configuration Register #2 (RD/WR) 0 0 0 1 1 Start/Reset Register (WR) 0 0 1 0 1 Time Tag Register (RD/WR) 0 0 1 1 0 Interrupt Status Register #1 (RD) 0 0 1 1 1 Configuration Register #3 (RD/WR) 0 1 0 0 0 Configuration Register #4 (RD/WR) 0 1 0 0 1 Configuration Register #5 (RD/WR) 0 1 0 1 0 RT / Monitor Data Stack Address Register (RD) 0 1 0 1 1 BC Frame Time Remaining Register (RD) 0 1 1 1 0 RT Status Word Register (RD) 0 1 1 1 1 RT BIT Word Register (RD) 1 0 0 0 0 Test Mode Register 0 Test Mode Register 1 Test Mode Register 2 Test Mode Register 3 Test Mode Register 4 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 Test Mode Register 7 1 1 0 0 0 Configuration Register #6 (RD/WR) Configuration Register #7 (RD/WR) BC Condition Code Register (RD) BIT Test Status Register (RD) BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 TRANSCEIVERS The transceivers in the Mini-ACE Mark3 series terminals are fully monolithic, requiring only a +3.3 volt power input. The transmit-ters are voltage sources, providing improved line driving capabil-ity over current sources. This serves to improve performance on long buses with many taps. Mark3 versions with 64K x 17 RAM offer an additional transceiver power-down (SLEEPIN) option to further reduce device power consumption. The transmitters also offer an option that satisfies the MIL-STD-1760 requirement for a minimum of 20 volts peak-to-peak, transformer coupled output. Besides eliminating the demand for an additional power supply, the use of a +3.3 volt only transceiver requires the use of a step-up, rather than a step-down, isolation transformer. This provides the advantage of a higher terminal input impedance than is pos-sible for a 15V, 12V or 5V transmitter. As a result, there is a greater margin for the input impedance test, mandated for the 1553 validation test. This allows for longer cable lengths between a system connector and the isolation transformers of an embed-ded 1553 terminal. To provide compatibility to McAir specs, the Mini-ACE Mark3 is available with an option for transmitters with increased rise and fall times. The receiver sections of the Mini-ACE Mark3 are fully compliant with MIL-STD-1553B Notice 2 in terms of front end overvoltage protection, threshold, common-mode rejection, and word error rate. REGISTER AND MEMORY ADDRESSING The software interface of the Mini-ACE Mark3 to the host proces-sor consists of 24 internal operational registers for normal oper-ation, an additional 24 test registers, plus 64K words of shared memory address space. The Mini-ACE Mark3's 4K X 16 or 64K X 17 internal RAM resides in this address space. For normal operation, the host processor only needs to access the lower 32 register address locations (00-1F). The next 32 locations (20-3F) should be reserved, since many of these are used for factory test. INTERNAL REGISTERS The address mapping for the Mini-ACE Mark3 registers is illus-trated in TABLE 2. RESERVED BC General Purpose Queue Pointer / RT-MT Interrupt Status Queue Pointer Register (RD/WR) 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BC General Purpose Flag Register (WR) Interrupt Mask Register #2 (RD/WR) 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 Interrupt Status Register #2 (RD) 0 1 1 1 1 Test Mode Register 6 0 1 1 0 1 Test Mode Register 5 1 0 1 0 1 Non-Enhanced BC Frame Time / Enhanced BC Initial Instruction Pointer / RT Last Command / MT Trigger Word Register(RD/WR) 0 1 1 0 1 BC Time Remaining to Next Message Register (RD) 0 1 1 0 0 BC Control Word / RT Subaddress Control Word Register (RD/WR) 0 0 1 0 0 Non-Enhanced BC/RT Command Stack Pointer / Enhanced BC Instruction List Pointer Register (RD) 0 0 0 1 1 REGISTER DESCRIPTION/ACCESSIBILITY ADDRESS LINES
  • 7. 7 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 TABLE 3. INTERRUPT MASK REGISTER #1 (READ/WRITE 00H) BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) RESERVED 14 RAM PARITY ERROR 13 BC/RT TRANSMITTER TIMEOUT 12 BC/RT COMMAND STACK ROLLOVER 11 MT COMMAND STACK ROLLOVER 10 MT DATA STACK ROLLOVER 9 HANDSHAKE FAIL 8 BC RETRY 7 RT ADDRESS PARITY ERROR 6 TIME TAG ROLLOVER 5 RT CIRCULAR BUFFER ROLLOVER 4 BC CONTROL WORD/RT SUBADDRESS CONTROL WORD EOM 3 BC END OF FRAME 2 FORMAT ERROR 1 BC STATUS SET/RT MODE CODE/MT PATTERN TRIGGER 0(LSB) END OF MESSAGE TABLE 4. CONFIGURATION REGISTER #1 (READ/WRITE 01H) BIT BC FUNCTION (Bits 11-0 Enhanced Mode Only) RT WITHOUT ALTERNATE STATUS RT WITH ALTERNATE STATUS (Enhanced Only) MONITOR FUNCTION (Enhanced mode only bits 12-0) 15 (MSB) RT/BC-MT (logic 0) (logic 1) (logic 1) (logic 0) 14 MT/BC-RT (logic 0) (logic 0) (logic 0) (logic 1) 13 CURRENT AREA B/A CURRENT AREA B/A CURRENT AREA B/A CURRENT AREA B/A 12 MESSAGE STOP-ON-ERROR MESSAGE MONITOR ENABLED (MMT) MESSAGE MONITOR ENABLED MESSAGE MONITOR ENABLED 11 FRAME STOP-ON-ERROR S10 TRIGGER WORD ENABLED 10 STATUS SET STOP-ON-MESSAGE BUSY S09 START-ON-TRIGGER 9 STATUS SET STOP-ON-FRAME SERVICE REQUEST S08 STOP-ON-TRIGGER 8 FRAME AUTO-REPEAT SSFLAG S07 NOT USED 7 EXTERNAL TRIGGER ENABLED RTFLAG (Enhanced Mode Only) S06 EXTERNAL TRIGGER ENABLED 6 INTERNAL TRIGGER ENABLED NOT USED S05 NOT USED 5 INTERMESSAGE GAP TIMER ENABLED NOT USED S04 NOT USED 4 RETRY ENABLED NOT USED S03 NOT USED 3 DOUBLED/SINGLE RETRY NOT USED S02 NOT USED 2 BC ENABLED (Read Only) NOT USED S01 MONITOR ENABLED(Read Only) 1 BC FRAME IN PROGRESS (Read Only) NOT USED S00 MONITOR TRIGGERED (Read Only) 0 (LSB) BC MESSAGE IN PROGRESS (Read Only) RT MESSAGE IN PROGRESS (Enhanced mode only,Read Only) RT MESSAGE IN PROGRESS (Read Only) MONITOR ACTIVE (Read Only) DYNAMIC BUS CONTROL ACCEPTANCE
  • 8. 8 TABLE 5. CONFIGURATION REGISTER #2 (READ/WRITE 02H) BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) ENHANCED INTERRUPTS 14 RAM PARITY ENABLE 13 BUSY LOOKUP TABLE ENABLE 12 RX SA DOUBLE BUFFER ENABLE 11 OVERWRITE INVALID DATA 10 256-WORD BOUNDARY DISABLE 9 TIME TAG RESOLUTION 2 8 TIME TAG RESOLUTION 1 7 TIME TAG RESOLUTION 0 6 CLEAR TIME TAG ON SYNCHRONIZE 5 LOAD TIME TAG ON SYNCHRONIZE 4 INTERRUPT STATUS AUTO CLEAR 3 LEVEL/PULSE INTERRUPT REQUEST 2 CLEAR SERVICE REQUEST 1 ENHANCED RT MEMORY MANAGEMENT 13 RESERVED 11 10 9 CLEAR RT HALT CLEAR SELF-TEST REGISTER INITIATE RAM SELF-TEST TABLE 7. BC/RT COMMAND STACK POINTER REG. (READ 03H) BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) COMMAND STACK POINTER 15 • • • • • • Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com TABLE 8. BC CONTROL WORD REGISTER (READ/WRITE 04H) BIT DESCRIPTION TRANSMIT TIME TAG FOR SYNCHRONIZE MODE COM-15( TABLE 9. RT SUBADDRESS CONTROL WORD (READ/WRITE 04H) BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) RX: DOUBLE BUFFER ENABLE 14 TX: EOM INT 13 TX: CIRC BUF INT 12 TX: MEMORY MANAGEMENT 2 (MM2) TX: MEMORY MANAGEMENT 1 (MM1) 11 10 TX: MEMORY MANAGEMENT 0 (MM0) 9 RX: EOM INT 8 RX: CIRC BUF INT 7 RX: MEMORY MANAGEMENT 2 (MM2) 6 RX: MEMORY MANAGEMENT 1 (MM1) 5 RX: MEMORY MANAGEMENT 0 (MM0) 4 BCST: EOM INT 3 BCST: CIRC BUF INT 2 BCST:MEMORY MANAGEMENT 2 (MM2) 1 BCST: MEMORY MANAGEMENT 1 (MM1) TABLE 10. TIME TAG REGISTER (READ/WRITE 05H) BIT DESCRIPTION BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 0(LSB) SEPARATE BROADCAST DATA TABLE 6. START/RESET REGISTER (WRITE 03H) BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) RESERVED 14 RESERVED 12 RESERVED 8 RESERVED 7 INITIATE PROTOCOL SELF-TEST 6 BC/MT STOP-ON-MESSAGE 5 BC STOP-ON-FRAME 4 TIME TAG TEST CLOCK 3 TIME TAG RESET 2 INTERRUPT RESET 1 BC/MT START 0(LSB) RESET 0(LSB) COMMAND STACK POINTER 0 MSB) MAND 14 MESSAGE ERROR MASK 13 SERVICE REQUEST BIT MASK 12 BUSY BIT MASK SUBSYSTEM FLAG BIT MASK 11 10 TERMINAL FLAG BIT MASK 9 RESERVED BITS MASK 8 RETRY ENABLED 7 BUS CHANNEL A/B 6 OFF-LINE SELF-TEST 5 MASK BROADCAST BIT 4 EOM INTERRUPT ENABLE 3 1553A/B SELECT 2 MODE CODE FORMAT 1 BROADCAST FORMAT 0(LSB) RT-to-RT FORMAT 0(LSB) BCST: MEMORY MANAGEMENT 0 (MM0) 15(MSB) TIME TAG 15 • • • • • • 0(LSB) TIME TAG 0
  • 9. 9 TABLE 11. INTERRUPT STATUS REGISTER #1 (READ 06H) BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) MASTER INTERRUPT 14 RAM PARITY ERROR 13 TRANSMITTER TIMEOUT 12 BC/RT COMMAND STACK ROLLOVER MT COMMAND STACK ROLLOVER 11 10 MT DATA STACK ROLLOVER 9 HANDSHAKE FAIL 8 BC RETRY 7 RT ADDRESS PARITY ERROR 6 TIME TAG ROLLOVER 5 RT CIRCULAR BUFFER ROLLOVER 4 BC CONTROL WORD/RT SUBADDRESS CONTROL WORD EOM 3 BC END OF FRAME 2 FORMAT ERROR BC STATUS SET / RT MODE CODE / MT PATTERN TRIGGER 1 TABLE 12. CONFIGURATION REGISTER #3 (READ/WRITE 07H) BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) ENHANCED MODE ENABLE 14 BC/RT COMMAND STACK SIZE 1 13 BC/RT COMMAND STACK SIZE 0 12 MT COMMAND STACK SIZE 1 MT COMMAND STACK SIZE 0 11 10 MT DATA STACK SIZE 2 9 MT DATA STACK SIZE 1 8 MT DATA STACK SIZE 0 7 ILLEGALIZATION DISABLED 6 OVERRIDE MODE T/R ERROR 5 ALTERNATE STATUS WORD ENABLE 4 ILLEGAL RX TRANSFER DISABLE 3 BUSY RX TRANSFER DISABLE 2 RTFAIL / RTFLAG WRAP ENABLE 1 1553A MODE CODES ENABLE Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com TABLE 13. CONFIGURATION REGISTER #4 (READ/WRITE 08H) BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) EXTERNAL BIT WORD ENABLE 14 INHIBIT BIT WORD IF BUSY 13 MODE COMMAND OVERRIDE BUSY 12 EXPANDED BC CONTROL WORD ENABLE BROADCAST MASK ENA/XOR 11 10 RETRY IF -A AND M.E. 9 RETRY IF STATUS SET 8 1ST RETRY ALT/SAME BUS 7 2ND RETRY ALT/SAME BUS 6 VALID M.E./NO DATA 5 VALID BUSY/NO DATA 4 MT TAG GAP OPTION 3 LATCH RT ADDRESS WITH CONFIG #5 2 TEST MODE 2 1 TEST MODE 1 0(LSB) TEST MODE 0 TABLE 14. CONFIGURATION REGISTER #5 (READ/WRITE 09H) BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) 12 / 16 MHZ CLOCK SELECT 14 SINGLE-ENDED SELECT 13 EXTERNAL TX INHIBIT A 12 EXTERNAL TX INHIBIT B EXPANDED CROSSING ENABLED 11 10 RESPONSE TIMEOUT SELECT 1 9 RESPONSE TIMEOUT SELECT 0 8 GAP CHECK ENABLED 7 BROADCAST DISABLED 6 RT ADDRESS LATCH/TRANSPARENT TABLE 15. RT / MONITOR DATA STACK ADDRESS REGISTER (READ/WRITE 0AH) BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) RT / MONITOR DATA STACK ADDRESS 15 BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 0(LSB) END OF MESSAGE 0(LSB) ENHANCED MODE CODE HANDLING 5 RT ADDRESS 4 4 RT ADDRESS 3 3 RT ADDRESS 2 2 RT ADDRESS 1 1 RT ADDRESS 0 0(LSB) RT ADDRESS PARITY • • • • • • 0(LSB) RT / MONITOR DATA STACK ADDRESS 0
  • 10. 10 TABLE 16. BC FRAME TIME REMAINING REGISTER (READ/WRITE 0BH) BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) BC FRAME TIME REMAINING 15 • • • • • • TABLE 17. BC MESSAGE TIME REMAINING REGISTER (READ/WRITE 0CH) BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) BC MESSAGE TIME REMAINING 15 • • • • • • TABLE 18. BC FRAME TIME / RT LAST COMMAND / MT TRIGGER REGISTER (READ/WRITE 0DH) BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) BIT 15 • • • • • • BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) LOGIC “0” 14 LOGIC “0” 13 LOGIC “0” 12 LOGIC “0” LOGIC “0” Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com TABLE 20. RT BIT WORD REGISTER (READ 0FH) BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) TRANSMITTER TIMEOUT 14 LOOP TEST FAILURE B 13 LOOP TEST FAILURE A 12 HANDSHAKE FAILURE TRANSMITTER SHUTDOWN B 11 10 TRANSMITTER SHUTDOWN A 9 TERMINAL FLAG INHIBITED 8 BIT TEST FAIL 7 HIGH WORD COUNT 6 LOW WORD COUNT 5 INCORRECT SYNC RECEIVED 4 PARITY / MANCHESTER ERROR RECEIVED 3 RT-to-RT GAP / SYNC / ADDRESS ERROR 2 RT-to-RT NO RESPONSE ERROR 1 RT-to-RT 2ND COMMAND WORD ERROR TABLE 21. CONFIGURATION REGISTER #6 (READ/WRITE 18H) BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) ENHANCED BUS CONTROLLER 14 ENHANCED CPU ACCESS COMMAND STACK POINTER INCREMENT ON EOM (RT, MT) 13 12 GLOBAL CIRCULAR BUFFER ENABLE GLOBAL CIRCULAR BUFFER SIZE 2 11 10 GLOBAL CIRCULAR BUFFER SIZE 1 9 GLOBAL CIRCULAR BUFFER SIZE 0 DISABLE INVALID MESSAGES TO INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE DISABLE VALID MESSAGES TO INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE 8 7 6 INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE ENABLE 5 RT ADDRESS SOURCE 4 ENHANCED MESSAGE MONITOR BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 0(LSB) BC FRAME TIME REMAINING 0 Note: resolution = 100 μs per LSB 0(LSB) BC MESSAGE TIME REMAINING 0 Note: resolution = 1 μs per LSB 0(LSB) BIT 0 TABLE 19. RT STATUS WORD REGISTER (READ/WRITE 0EH) 11 10 MESSAGE ERROR 9 INSTRUMENTATION 8 SERVICE REQUEST 7 RESERVED 6 RESERVED 5 RESERVED 4 BROADCAST COMMAND RECEIVED 3 BUSY 2 SSFLAG 1 DYNAMIC BUS CONTROL ACCEPT 0(LSB) TERMINAL FLAG 0(LSB) COMMAND WORD CONTENTS ERROR 3 RESERVED 2 64-WORD REGISTER SPACE 1 CLOCK SELECT 1 0(LSB) CLOCK SELECT 0
  • 11. 11 TABLE 22. CONFIGURATION REGISTER #7 (READ/WRITE 19H) BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) MEMORY MANAGEMENT BASE ADDRESS 15 14 MEMORY MANAGEMENT BASE ADDRESS 14 13 MEMORY MANAGEMENT BASE ADDRESS 13 12 MEMORY MANAGEMENT BASE ADDRESS 12 MEMORY MANAGEMENT BASE ADDRESS 11 11 10 MEMORY MANAGEMENT BASE ADDRESS 10 9 RESERVED 8 RESERVED 7 RESERVED 6 RESERVED 5 RESERVED 4 RT HALT ENABLE 3 1553B RESPONSE TIME 2 ENHANCED TIMETAG SYNCHRONIZE 1 ENHANCED BC WATCHDOG TIMER ENABLED TABLE 23. BC CONDITION REGISTER (READ 1BH) BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) LOGIC “1” 14 RETRY 1 13 RETRY 0 12 BAD MESSAGE MESSAGE STATUS SET 11 10 GOOD BLOCK TRANSFER 9 FORMAT ERROR 8 NO RESPONSE 7 GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 7 6 GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 6 5 GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 5 4 GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 4 3 GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 3 2 GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 2 1 EQUAL FLAG / GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 1 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com TABLE 24. BC GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG REGISTER (WRITE 1BH) BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) CLEAR GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 7 14 CLEAR GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 6 13 CLEAR GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 5 12 CLEAR GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 4 CLEAR GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 3 11 10 CLEAR GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 2 9 CLEAR GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 1 8 CLEAR GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 0 7 SET GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 7 6 SET GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 6 5 SET GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 5 4 SET GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 4 3 SET GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 3 2 SET GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 2 1 SET GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 1 TABLE 25. BIT TEST STATUS FLAG REGISTER BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) PROTOCOL BUILT-IN TEST COMPLETE 14 PROTOCOL BUILT-IN TEST IN-PROGRESS 13 PROTOCOL BUILT-IN TEST PASSED 12 PROTOCOL BUILT-IN TEST ABORT PROTOCOL BUILT-IN-TEST COMPLETE / IN-PROGRESS 11 10 LOGIC “0” 9 LOGIC “0” 8 LOGIC “0” 7 RAM BUILT-IN TEST COMPLETE 6 RAM BUILT-IN TEST IN-PROGRESS BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 0(LSB) MODE CODE RESET / INCMD SELECT 0(LSB) LESS THAN FLAG / GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 1 0(LSB) SET GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG 0 5 RAM BUILT-IN TEST IN-PASSED 4 LOGIC “0” 3 LOGIC “0” 2 LOGIC “0” 1 LOGIC “0” 0(LSB) LOGIC “0” (READ 1CH) Note: If the Mini-ACE Mark3 is not online in enhanced BC mode (i.e., processing instructions), the BC condition code register will always return a value of 0000.
  • 12. 12 TABLE 26. INTERRUPT MASK REGISTER #2 BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) NOT USED 14 BC OP CODE PARITY ERROR RT ILLEGAL COMMAND/MESSAGE MT MESSAGE RECEIVED GENERAL PURPOSE QUEUE / INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE ROLLOVER CALL STACK POINTER REGISTER ERROR 13 12 11 10 BC TRAP OP CODE 9 RT COMMAND STACK 50% ROLLOVER 8 RT CIRCULAR BUFFER 50% ROLLOVER 7 MONITOR COMMAND STACK 50% ROLLOVER 6 MONITOR DATA STACK 50% ROLLOVER 5 ENHANCED BC IRQ3 4 ENHANCED BC IRQ2 3 ENHANCED BC IRQ1 2 ENHANCED BC IRQ0 1 BIT TEST COMPLETE TABLE 27. INTERRUPT STATUS REGISTER #2 (READ 1EH) BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) MASTER INTERRUPT 14 BC OP CODE PARITY ERROR RT ILLEGAL COMMAND/MESSAGE MT MESSAGE RECEIVED GENERAL PURPOSE QUEUE / INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE ROLLOVER CALL STACK POINTER REGISTER ERROR 13 12 11 10 BC TRAP OP CODE 9 RT COMMAND STACK 50% ROLLOVER 8 RT CIRCULAR BUFFER 50% ROLLOVER 7 MONITOR COMMAND STACK 50% ROLLOVER 6 MONITOR DATA STACK 50% ROLLOVER 5 ENHANCED BC IRQ3 4 ENHANCED BC IRQ2 3 ENHANCED BC IRQ1 2 ENHANCED BC IRQ0 1 BIT TEST COMPLETE Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com TABLE 28. BC GENERAL PURPOSE QUEUE POINTER REGISTER RT, MT INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE POINTER REGISTER (READ/WRITE1FH) BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) QUEUE POINTER BASE ADDRESS 15 14 QUEUE POINTER BASE ADDRESS 14 13 QUEUE POINTER BASE ADDRESS 13 12 QUEUE POINTER BASE ADDRESS 12 QUEUE POINTER BASE ADDRESS 11 11 10 QUEUE POINTER BASE ADDRESS 10 9 QUEUE POINTER BASE ADDRESS 9 8 QUEUE POINTER BASE ADDRESS 8 7 QUEUE POINTER BASE ADDRESS 7 6 QUEUE POINTER BASE ADDRESS 6 BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 0(LSB) NOT USED (READ/WRITE 1DH) 0(LSB) INTERRUPT CHAIN BIT 5 QUEUE POINTER ADDRESS 5 4 QUEUE POINTER ADDRESS 4 3 QUEUE POINTER ADDRESS 3 2 QUEUE POINTER ADDRESS 2 1 QUEUE POINTER ADDRESS 1 0(LSB) QUEUE POINTER ADDRESS 0
  • 13. NOTE: TABLES 29 TO 35 ARE NOT REGISTERS, BUT THEY ARE WORDS STORED IN RAM. 13 TABLE 29. BC MODE BLOCK STATUS WORD BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) EOM 14 SOM 13 CHANNEL B/A 12 ERROR FLAG STATUS SET 11 10 FORMAT ERROR 9 NO RESPONSE TIMEOUT 8 LOOP TEST FAIL 7 MASKED STATUS SET 6 RETRY COUNT 1 5 RETRY COUNT 0 4 GOOD DATA BLOCK TRANSFER 3 WRONG STATUS ADDRESS / NO GAP 2 WORD COUNT ERROR 1 INCORRECT SYNC TYPE TABLE 30. RT MODE BLOCK STATUS WORD BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) EOM 14 SOM 13 CHANNEL B/A 12 ERROR FLAG RT-to-RT FORMAT 11 10 FORMAT ERROR 9 NO RESPONSE TIMEOUT 8 LOOP TEST FAIL 7 DATA STACK ROLLOVER 6 ILLEGAL COMMAND WORD 5 WORD COUNT ERROR 4 INCORRECT DATA SYNC 3 INVALID WORD 2 RT-to-RT GAP / SYNC / ADDRESS ERROR 1 RT-to-RT 2ND COMMAND ERROR Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) REMOTE TERMINAL ADDRESS BIT 4 14 REMOTE TERMINAL ADDRESS BIT 3 13 REMOTE TERMINAL ADDRESS BIT 2 12 REMOTE TERMINAL ADDRESS BIT 1 REMOTE TERMINAL ADDRESS BIT 0 10 TRANSMIT / RECEIVE 9 SUBADDRESS / MODE BIT 4 8 SUBADDRESS / MODE BIT 3 7 SUBADDRESS / MODE BIT 2 6 SUBADDRESS / MODE BIT 1 5 SUBADDRESS / MODE BIT 0 4 DATA WORD COUNT / MODE CODE BIT 4 3 DATA WORD COUNT / MODE CODE BIT 3 2 DATA WORD COUNT / MODE CODE BIT 2 1 DATA WORD COUNT / MODE CODE BIT 1 0(LSB) DATA WORD COUNT / MODE CODE BIT 0 TABLE 32. WORD MONITOR IDENTIFICATION BIT DESCRIPTION BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 0(LSB) COMMAND WORD CONTENTS ERROR 15(MSB) GAP TIME (MSB) • • • • • • GAP TIME (LSB) 8 7 WORD FLAG 6 THIS RT 5 BROADCAST 4 ERROR 3 COMMAND / DATA 2 CHANNEL B/A 1 CONTIGUOUS DATA / GAP 0(LSB) MODE_CODE WORD 11 TABLE 31. 1553 COMMAND WORD 0(LSB) INVALID WORD
  • 14. 14 TABLE 33. MESSAGE MONITOR MODE BLOCK STATUS WORD BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) EOM 14 SOM 13 CHANNEL B/A 12 ERROR FLAG RT-to-RT TRANSFER 11 10 FORMAT ERROR 9 NO RESPONSE TIMEOUT 8 GOOD DATA BLOCK TRANSFER 7 DATA STACK ROLLOVER 6 RESERVED 5 WORD COUNT ERROR 4 INCORRECT SYNC 3 INVALID WORD 2 RT-to-RT GAP / SYNC / ADDRESS ERROR 1 RT-to-RT 2ND COMMAND ERROR TABLE 34. RT/MONITOR INTERRUPT STATUS WORD (FOR INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE) DEFINITION FOR MESSAGE INTERRUPT EVENT DEFINITION FOR NON-MESSAGE INTERRUPT EVENT BIT 15 TRANSMITTER TIMEOUT NOT USED 14 ILLEGAL COMMAND NOT USED MONITOR DATA STACK 50% ROLLOVER 13 NOT USED MONITOR DATA STACK ROLLOVER 12 NOT USED RT CIRCULAR BUFFER ROLLOVER 11 10 NOT USED MONITOR COMMAND (DESCRIPTOR) STACK 50% ROLLOVER 9 NOT USED MONITOR COMMAND (DESCRIPTOR) STACK ROLLOVER 8 NOT USED RT COMMAND (DESCRIPTOR) STACK 50% ROLLOVER 7 NOT USED 5 HANDSHAKE FAIL NOT USED 4 FORMAT ERROR TIME TAG ROLLOVER 1 END-OF-MESSAGE (EOM) RAM PARITY ERROR Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com TABLE 35. 1553B STATUS WORD BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) REMOTE TERMINAL ADDRESS BIT 4 14 REMOTE TERMINAL ADDRESS BIT 3 13 REMOTE TERMINAL ADDRESS BIT 2 12 REMOTE TERMINAL ADDRESS BIT 1 REMOTE TERMINAL ADDRESS BIT 0 11 10 MESSAGE ERROR 9 INSTRUMENTATION 8 SERVICE REQUEST 7 RESERVED 6 RESERVED 5 RESERVED 4 BROADCAST COMMAND RECEIVED 3 BUSY 2 SSFLAG 1 DYNAMIC BUS CONTROL ACCEPTANCE NOTE: Please see Appendix “F” of the Enhanced Mini-ACE Users Guide for important information applicable only to RT MODE operation, enabling of the interrupt status queue and use of specific non-message interrupts. BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 0(LSB) COMMAND WORD CONTENTS ERROR 0(LSB) TERMINAL FLAG NON-TEST REGISTER FUNCTION SUMMARY A summary of the Mini-ACE Mark3 24 non-test registers follows. INTERRUPT MASK REGISTERS #1 AND #2 Interrupt Mask Registers #1 and #2 are used to enable and dis-able interrupt requests for various events and conditions. CONFIGURATION REGISTERS #1 AND #2 Configuration Registers #1 and #2 are used to select the Mini- ACE Mark3’s mode of operation, and for software control of RT Status Word bits, Active Memory Area, BC Stop-On-Error, RT Memory Management mode selection, and control of the Time Tag operation. START/RESET REGISTER The Start/Reset Register is used for "command" type functions such as software reset, BC/MT Start, Interrupt reset, Time Tag Reset, Time Tag Register Test, Initiate protocol self-test, Initiate RAM self-test, Clear self-test register, and Clear RT Halt. The Start/Reset Register also includes provisions for stopping the BC in its auto-repeat mode, either at the end of the current message or at the end of the current BC frame. “1” FOR MESSAGE INTERRUPT EVENT ”0” FOR NON-MESSAGE INTERRUPT EVENT 0 SUBADDRESS CONTROL WORD EOM PROTOCOL SELF-TEST COMPLETE 2 RT CIRCULAR BUFFER 50% ROLLOVER NOT USED MODE CODE INTERRUPT RT ADDRESS PARITY ERROR 3 RT COMMAND (DESCRIPTOR) STACK ROLLOVER 6 NOT USED
  • 15. 15 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com vidual receive (broadcast) subaddresses, and the alternate (fully software programmable) RT Status Word. For MT mode, use of the Enhanced Mode enables the Selective Message Monitor, the combined RT/Selective Monitor modes, and the monitor trigger-ing BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 capability. RT/MONITOR DATA STACK ADDRESS REGISTER The RT/Monitor Data Stack Address Register provides a read/writable indication of the last data word stored for RT or Monitor modes. BC FRAME TIME REMAINING REGISTER The BC Frame Time Remaining Register provides a read-only indication of the time remaining in the current BC frame. In the enhanced BC mode, this timer may be used for minor or major frame control, or as a watchdog timer for the BC message sequence control processor. The resolution of this register is 100 μs/LSB. BC TIME REMAINING TO NEXT MESSAGE REGISTER The BC Time Remaining to Next Message Register provides a read-only indication of the time remaining before the start of the next message in a BC frame. In the enhanced BC mode, this timer may also be used for the BC message sequence control processor's Delay (DLY) instruction, or for minor or major frame control. The resolution of this register is 1 μs/LSB. BC FRAME TIME/ RT LAST COMMAND /MT TRIGGER WORD REGISTER In BC mode, this register is used to program the BC frame time, for use in the frame auto-repeat mode. The resolution of this reg-ister is 100 μs/LS, with a range up to 6.55 seconds. In RT mode, this register stores the current (or most previous) 1553 Command Word processed by the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT. In the Word Monitor mode, this register is used to specify a 16-bit Trigger (Command) Word. The Trigger Word may be used to start or stop the monitor, or to generate interrupts. BC INITIAL INSTRUCTION LIST POINTER REGISTER The BC Initial Instruction List Pointer Register enables the host to assign the starting address for the enhanced BC Instruction List. RT STATUS WORD REGISTER AND BIT WORD REGISTERS The RT Status Word Register and BIT Word Registers provide read-only indications of the RT Status and BIT Words. CONFIGURATION REGISTERS #6 AND #7: Configuration Registers #6 and #7 are used to enable the Mini- ACE Mark3 features that extend beyond the architecture of the ACE/Mini-ACE (Plus). These include the Enhanced BC mode; RT Global Circular Buffer (including buffer size); the RT/MT Interrupt Status Queue, including valid/invalid message filtering; enabling a software-assigned RT address; clock frequency selection; a base address for the "non-data" portion of Mini-ACE BC/RT COMMAND STACK REGISTER The BC/RT Command Stack Register allows the host CPU to determine the pointer location for the current or most recent message. BC INSTRUCTION LIST POINTER REGISTER The BC Instruction List Pointer Register may be read to deter-mine the current location of the Instruction List Pointer for the Enhanced BC mode. BC CONTROL WORD/RT SUBADDRESS CONTROL WORD REGISTER In BC mode, the BC Control Word/RT Subaddress Control Word Register allows host access to the current word or most recent BC Control Word. The BC Control Word contains bits that select the active bus and message format, enable off-line self-test, masking of Status Word bits, enable retries and interrupts, and specify MIL-STD-1553A or -1553B error handling. In RT mode, this register allows host access to the current or most recent Subaddress Control Word. The Subaddress Control Word is used to select the memory management scheme and enable interrupts for the current message. TIME TAG REGISTER The Time Tag Register maintains the value of a real-time clock. The resolution of this register is programmable from among 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, and 64 μs/LSB. The Start-of-Message (SOM) and End-of-Message (EOM) sequences in BC, RT, and Message Monitor modes cause a write of the current value of the Time Tag Register to the stack area of the RAM. INTERRUPT STATUS REGISTERS #1 AND #2 Interrupt Status Registers #1 and #2 allow the host processor to determine the cause of an interrupt request by means of one or two read accesses. The interrupt events of the two Interrupt Status Registers are mapped to correspond to the respective bit positions in the two Interrupt Mask Registers. Interrupt Status Register #2 contains an INTERRUPT CHAIN bit, used to indi-cate an interrupt event from Interrupt Status Register #1. CONFIGURATION REGISTERS #3, #4, AND #5 Configuration Registers #3, #4, and #5 are used to enable many of the Mini-ACE Mark3’s advanced features that were imple-mented by the prior generation products, the ACE and Mini-ACE (Plus). For BC, RT, and MT modes, use of the Enhanced Mode enables the various read-only bits in Configuration Register #1. For BC mode, Enhanced Mode features include the expanded BC Control Word and BC Block Status Word, additional Stop-On- Error and Stop-On-Status Set functions, frame auto-repeat, pro-grammable intermessage gap times, automatic retries, expand-ed Status Word Masking, and the capability to generate inter-rupts following the completion of any selected message. For RT mode, the Enhanced Mode features include the expanded RT Block Status Word, combined RT/Selective Message Monitor mode, automatic setting of the TERMINAL FLAG Status Word bit following a loop test failure; the double buffering scheme for indi-
  • 16. BC GENERAL PURPOSE QUEUE POINTER The BC General Purpose Queue Pointer provides a means for initializing the pointer for the General Purpose Queue, for the Enhanced BC mode. In addition, this register enables the host to determine the current location of the General Purpose Queue pointer, which is incremented internally by the Enhanced BC message sequence control engine. RT/MT INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE POINTER The RT/MT Interrupt Status Queue Pointer provides a means for initializing the pointer for the Interrupt Status Queue, for RT, MT, and RT/MT modes. In addition, this register enables the host to determine the current location of the Interrupt Status Queue pointer, which is incremented by the RT/MT message processor. BUS CONTROLLER (BC) ARCHITECTURE The BC functionality for the Mini-ACE Mark3 includes two sepa-rate architectures: (1) the older, non-Enhanced Mode, which pro-vides complete compatibility with the previous ACE and Mini- ACE (Plus) generation products; and (2) the newer, Enhanced BC mode. The Enhanced BC mode offers several new powerful architectural features. These include the incorporation of a high-ly autonomous BC message sequence control engine, which greatly serves to offload the operation of the host CPU. NOTE: Please see Appendix “F” of the Enhanced Mini-ACE Users Guide for important information applicable only to RT MODE operation, enabling of the interrupt status queue and use of specific non-message interrupts. OP CODE FIGURE 2. BC MESSAGE SEQUENCE CONTROL DATA BLOCK MESSAGE CONTROL/STATUS PARAMETER (POINTER) BLOCK BC INSTRUCTION LIST BC INSTRUCTION LIST POINTER REGISTER BC CONTROL WORD COMMAND WORD (Rx Command for RT-to-RT transfer) DATA BLOCK POINTER TIME-TO-NEXT MESSAGE TIME TAG WORD BLOCK STATUS WORD LOOPBACK WORD RT STATUS WORD 2nd (Tx) COMMAND WORD (for RT-to-RT transfer) 2nd RT STATUS WORD (for RT-to-RT transfer) INITIALIZE BY REGISTER 0D (RD/WR); READ CURRENT VALUE VIA REGISTER 03 (RD ONLY) 16 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 Mark3 memory; LSB filtering for the Synchronize (with data) time tag operations; and enabling a watchdog timer for the Enhanced BC message sequence control engine. BC CONDITION CODE REGISTER The BC Condition Code Register is used to enable the host processor to read the current value of the Enhanced BC Message Sequence Control Engine's condition flags. BC GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG REGISTER The BC General Purpose Flag Register allows the host proces-sor to be able to set, clear, or toggle any of the Enhanced BC Message Sequence Control Engine's General Purpose condition flags. BIT TEST STATUS REGISTER The BIT Test Status Register is used to provide read-only access to the status of the protocol and RAM built-in self-tests (BIT).
  • 17. 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Odd OpCode Field 0 1 0 1 0 Condition Code Field Parity 17 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 The Enhanced BC's message sequence control engine provides a high degree of flexibility for implementing major and minor frame scheduling; capabilities for inserting asynchronous mes-sages in the middle of a frame; to separate 1553 message data from control/status data for the purpose of implementing double buffering and performing bulk data transfers; for implementing message retry schemes, including the capability for automatic bus channel switchover for failed messages; and for reporting various conditions to the host processor by means of four user-defined interrupts and a general purpose queue. In both the non-Enhanced and Enhanced BC modes, the Mini- ACE Mark3 BC implements all MIL-STD-1553B message for-mats. Message format is programmable on a message-by-mes-sage basis by means of the BC Control Word and the T/R bit of the Command Word for the respective message. The BC Control Word allows 1553 message format, 1553A/B type RT, bus chan-nel, self-test, and Status Word masking to be specified on an individual message basis. In addition, automatic retries and/or interrupt requests may be enabled or disabled for individual mes-sages. The BC performs all error checking required by MIL-STD- 1553B. This includes validation of response time, sync type and sync encoding, Manchester II encoding, parity, bit count, word count, Status Word RT Address field, and various RT-to-RT transfer errors. The Mini-ACE Mark3 BC response timeout value is programmable with choices of 18, 22, 50, and 130 μs. The longer response timeout values allow for operation over long buses and/or the use of repeaters. In its non-Enhanced Mode, the Mini-ACE Mark3 may be pro-grammed to process BC frames of up to 512 messages with no processor intervention. In the Enhanced BC mode, there is no explicit limit to the number of messages that may be processed in a frame. In both modes, it is possible to program for either sin-gle frame or frame auto-repeat operation. In the auto-repeat mode, the frame repetition rate may be controlled either inter-nally, using a programmable BC frame timer, or from an external trigger input. ENHANCED BC MODE: MESSAGE SEQUENCE CONTROL One of the major new architectural features of the Mini-ACE Mark3 series is its advanced capability for BC message sequence control. The Mini-ACE Mark3 supports highly autonomous BC operation, which greatly offloads the operation of the host processor. The operation of the Mini-ACE Mark3’s message sequence control engine is illustrated in FIGURE 2. The BC message sequence control involves an instruction list pointer register; an instruction list which contains multiple 2-word entries; a message control/status stack, which contains multiple 8-word or 10-word descriptors; and data blocks for individual mes-sages. The initial value of the instruction list pointer register is initialized by the host processor (via Register 0D), and is incremented by the BC message sequence processor (host readable via Register 03). During operation, the message sequence control processor fetches the operation referenced by the instruction list pointer register from the instruction list. Note that the pointer parameter referencing the first word of a message's control/status block (the BC Control Word) must con-tain an address value that is modulo 8. Also, note that if the message is an RT-to-RT transfer, the pointer parameter must contain an address value that is modulo 16. OP CODES The instruction list pointer register references a pair of words in the BC instruction list: an op code word, followed by a parameter word. The format of the op code word, which is illustrated in FIG-URE 3, includes a 5-bit op code field and a 5-bit condition code field. The op code identifies the instruction to be executed by the BC message sequence controller. Most of the operations are conditional, with execution dependent on the contents of the condition code field. Bits 3-0 of the condi-tion code field identifies a particular condition. Bit 4 of the condi-tion code field identifies the logic sense ("1" or "0") of the select-ed condition code on which the conditional execution is depen-dent. TABLE 36 lists all the op codes, along with their respective mnemonic, code value, parameter, and description. TABLE 37 defines all the condition codes. FIGURE 3. BC OP CODE FORMAT
  • 18. 18 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 Eight of the condition codes (8 through F) are set or cleared as the result of the most recent message. The other eight are defined as "General Purpose" condition codes GP0 through GP7.There are three mechanisms for programming the values of the General Purpose Condition Code bits: (1) They may be set, cleared, or toggled by the host processor, by means of the BC GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG REGISTER; (2) they may be set, cleared, or toggled by the BC message sequence control processor, by means of the GP Flag Bits (FLG) instruction; and (3) GP0 and GP1 only (but none of the others) may be set or cleared by means of the BC message sequence control proces-sor's Compare Frame Timer (CFT) or Compare Message Timer (CMT) instructions. The host processor also has read-only access to the BC condi-tion codes by means of the BC CONDITION CODE REGISTER. Note that four (4) instructions are unconditional. These are Compare to Frame Timer (CFT), Compare to Message Timer (CMT), GP Flag Bits (FLG), and Execute and Flip (XQF). For these instructions, the Condition Code Field is "don't care". That is, these instructions are always executed, regardless of the result of the condition code test. All of the other instructions are conditional. That is, they will only be executed if the condition code specified by the condition code field in the op code word tests true. If the condition code field tests false, the instruction list pointer will skip down to the next instruction. As shown in TABLE 36, many of the operations include a single-word parameter. For an XEQ (execute message) operation, the parameter is a pointer to the start of the message’s Control / Status block. For other operations, the parameter may be an address, a time value, an interrupt pattern, a mechanism to set or clear general purpose flag bits, or an immediate value. For several op codes, the parameter is "don't care" (not used). As described above, some of the op codes will cause the mes-sage sequence control processor to execute messages. In this case, the parameter references the first word of a message Control/Status block. With the exception of RT-to-RT transfer messages, all message status/control blocks are eight words long: a block control word, time-to-next-message parameter, data block pointer, command word, status word, loopback word, block status word, and time tag word. In the case of an RT-to-RT transfer message, the size of the message control/status block increases to 16 words. However, in this case, the last six words are not used; the ninth and tenth words are for the second command word and second status word. The third word in the message control/status block is a pointer that references the first word of the message's data word block. Note that the data word block stores only data words, which are to be either transmitted or received by the BC. By segregating data words from command words, status words, and other con-trol and "housekeeping" functions, this architecture enables the use of convenient, usable data structures, such as circular buffers and double buffers. Other operations support program flow control; i.e., jump and call capability. The call capability includes maintenance of a call stack which supports a maximum of four (4) entries; there is also a return instruction. In the case of a call stack overrun or under-run, the BC will issue a CALL STACK POINTER REGISTER ERROR interrupt, if enabled. Other op codes may be used to delay for a specified time; start a new BC frame; wait for an external trigger to start a new frame; perform comparisons based on frame time and time-to-next mes-sage; load the time tag or frame time registers; halt; and issue host interrupts. In the case of host interrupts, the message control processor passes a 4-bit user-defined interrupt vector to the host, by means of the Mini-ACE Mark3's Interrupt Status Register. The purpose of the FLG instruction is to enable the message sequence controller to set, clear, or toggle the value(s) of any or all of the eight general purpose condition flags. The op code parity bit encompasses all sixteen bits of the op code word. This bit must be programmed for odd parity. If the message sequence control processor fetches an undefined op code word, an op code word with even parity, or bits 9-5 of an op code word do not have a binary pattern of 01010, the message sequence control processor will immediately halt the BC's oper-ation. In addition, if enabled, a BC TRAP OP CODE interrupt will be issued. Also, if enabled, a parity error will result in an OP CODE PARITY ERROR interrupt. TABLE 37 describes the Condition Codes.
  • 19. Conditional (See Note) Conditional Conditional Conditional Conditional Conditional 19 Execute Message XEQ Jump Subroutine Call Subroutine Return Halt JMP CAL RTN HLT Delay DLY Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com Executes the message at the specified Message Control/Status Block Address if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise con-tinue execution at the next OpCode in the instruction list. Jump to the OpCode specified in the Instruction List if the con-dition flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execution at the next OpCode in the instruction list. Jump to the OpCode specified by the Instruction List Address and push the Address of the Next OpCode on the Call Stack if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execution at the next OpCode in the instruction list. Note that the maximum depth of the subroutine call stack is four. Return to the OpCode popped off the Call Stack if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execution at the next OpCode in the instruction list. Stop execution of the Message Sequence Control Program until a new BC Start is issued by the host if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execution at the next OpCode in the instruction list. Delay the time specified by the Time parameter before execut-ing the next OpCode if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execution at the next OpCode without delay. The delay generated will use the Time to Next Message Timer. BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 TABLE 36. BC OPERATIONS FOR MESSAGE SEQUENCE CONTROL INSTRUCTION MNEMONIC OP CODE (HEX) PARAMETER CONDITIONAL OR UNCONDITIONAL DESCRIPTION Interrupt Request IRQ 0001 0002 0003 0004 0006 Message Control / Status Block Address Instruction List Address Instruction List Address Not Used (Don’t Care) Interrupt Bit Pattern in 4 LS bits Conditional Generate an interrupt if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execution at the next OpCode in the instruction list. The passed parameter (Interrupt Bit Pattern) specifies which of the ENHANCED BC IRQ bit(s) (bits 5-2) will be set in Interrupt Status Register #2. Only the four LSBs of the passed parameter are used. A parameter where the four LSBs are logic "0" will not generate an interrupt. Compare to Frame Timer CFT 0007 0008 000A Not Used (Don’t Care) Delay Time Value (Resolution = 1μS / LSB) Delay Time Value (Resolution = 100μS / LSB) Unconditional Compare Time Value to Frame Time Counter. The LT/GP0 and EQ/GP1 flag bits are set or cleared based on the results of the compare. If the value of the CFT's parameter is less than the value of the frame time counter, then the LT/GP0 and NE/GP1 flags will be set, while the GT-EQ/GP0 and EQ/GP1 flags will be cleared. If the value of the CFT's parameter is equal to the value of the frame time counter, then the GT-EQ/GP0 and EQ/GP1 flags will be set, while the LT/GP0 and NE/GP1 flags will be cleared. If the value of the CFT's parameter is greater than the current value of the frame time counter, then the GT-EQ/ GP0 and NE/GP1 flags will be set, while the LT/GP0 and EQ/GP1 flags will be cleared. Compare to Message Timer CMT 000B Delay Time Value (Resolution = 1μS / LSB) Unconditional Compare Time Value to Message Time Counter. The LT/GP0 and EQ/GP1 flag bits are set or cleared based on the results of the compare. If the value of the CMT's parameter is less than the value of the message time counter, then the LT/GP0 and NE/GP1 flags will be set, while the GT-EQ/GP0 and EQ/GP1 flags will be cleared. If the value of the CMT's parameter is equal to the value of the mes-sage time counter, then the GT-EQ/GP0 and EQ/GP1 flags will be set, while the LT/GP0 and NE/GP1 flags will be cleared. If the value of the CMT's parameter is greater than the current value of the message time counter, then the GT-EQ/GP0 and NE/GP1 flags will be set, while the LT/GP0 and EQ/GP1 flags will be cleared. Wait Until Frame Timer = 0 WFT 0009 Not Used (Don’t Care) Conditional Wait until Frame Time counter is equal to Zero before continu-ing execution of the Message Sequence Control Program if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execution at the next OpCode without delay. NOTE: While the XEQ (Execute Message) instruction is conditional, not all condition codes may be used to enable its use. The ALWAYS and NEVER condition codes may be used. The eight general purpose flag bits, GP0 through GP7, may also be used. However, if GP0 through GP7 are used, it is imperative that the host processor not modify the value of the specific general purpose flag bit that enabled a particular message while that message is being processed. Similarly, the LT, GT-EQ, EQ, and NE flags, which the BC only updates by means of the CFT and CMT instructions, may also be used. However, these two flags are dual use. Therefore, if these are used, it is imperative that the host processor not modify the value of the specific flag (GP0 or GP1) that enabled a particular message while that message is being processed. The NORESP, FMT ERR, GD BLK XFER, MASKED STATUS SET, BAD MESSAGE, RETRY0, and RETRY1 condition codes are not available for use with the XEQ instruction and should not be used to enable its execution.
  • 20. TABLE 36. BC OPERATIONS FOR MESSAGE SEQUENCE CONTROL (CONT.) 20 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com Bit 0 Effect on GP0 BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 Push Block Status Word PBS 0011 Not Used (Don't Care) Conditional Push the Block Status Word for the most recent message on the General Purpose Queue if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execution at the next OpCode in the instruction list. INSTRUCTION MNEMONIC OP CODE (HEX) PARAMETER DESCRIPTION Load Time Tag Counter LTT 000D Time Value. Resolution (μs/LSB) is defined by bits 9, 8, and 7 of Configuration Register #2. Conditional Load Time Tag Counter with Time Value if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execution at the next OpCode in the instruction list. Load Frame Timer LFT 000E Time Value (resolution = 100 μs/LSB) Conditional Load Frame Timer Register with the Time Value parameter if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execu-tion at the next OpCode in the instruction list. Start Frame Timer SFT 000F Not Used (Don't Care) Conditional Start Frame Time Counter with Time Value in Time Frame register if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execution at the next OpCode in the instruction list. Push Time Tag Register PTT 0010 Not Used (Don't Care) Conditional Push the value of the Time Tag Register on the General Purpose Queue if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execution at the next OpCode in the instruction list. Push Immediate Value PSI 0012 Immediate Value Conditional Push Immediate data on the General Purpose Queue if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execution at the next OpCode in the instruction list. Push Indirect PSM 0013 Memory Address Conditional Push the data stored at the specified memory location on the General Purpose Queue if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execution at the next OpCode in the instruction list. Wait for External Trigger WTG 0014 Not Used (Don't Care) Conditional Wait for a logic "0"-to-logic "1" transition on the EXT_TRIG input signal before proceeding to the next OpCode in the instruction list if the condition flag tests TRUE, otherwise continue execution at the next OpCode without delay. Execute and Flip XQF 0015 Message Control / Status Block Address Unconditional Execute (unconditionally) the message referenced by the Message Control/Status Block Address. Following the pro-cessing of this message, if the condition flag tests TRUE, the BC will toggle bit 4 in the Message Control/Status Block Address, and store the new Message Block Address as the updated value of the parameter following the XQF instruc-tion code. As a result, the next time that this line in the instruction list is executed, the Message Control/Status Block at the updated address (old address XOR 0010h), rather than the old address, will be processed. If the condi-tion flag tests FALSE, the value of the Message Control/Status Block Address parameter will not change. CONDITIONAL OR UNCONDITIONAL GP Flag Bits FLG 000C Used to set, clear, or toggle GP (General Purpose) Flag bits (See descrip-tion) Unconditional Used to set, toggle, or clear any or all of the eight general purpose flags. The table below illustrates the use of the GP Flag Bits instruction for the case of GP0 (General Purpose Flag 0). Bits 1 and 9 of the parameter byte affect flag GP1, bits 2 and 10 effect GP2, etc., according to the following rules: Bit 8 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 No Change Set Flag Clear Flag Toggle Flag
  • 21. 9 FMT ERR FMT ERR FMT ERR indicates that the received portion of the most recent message contained one or more viola-tions of the 1553 message validation criteria (sync, encoding, parity, bit count, word count, etc.), or the RT's status word received from a responding RT contained an incorrect RT address field. C BAD MESSAGE indicates either a format error, loop test fail, or no response error for the most recent message. Note that a "Status Set" condition has no effect on the "BAD MESSAGE/GOOD MESSAGE" condition code. 21 NAME (BIT 4 = 0) 1 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 8 TABLE 37. BC CONDITION CODES BIT CODE LT/GP0 EQ/GP1 RETRY0 RETRY1 GP2 GP3 GP4 GP5 GP6 GP7 RESP RETRY0 RETRY1 D E GP2 GP3 GP4 GP5 GP6 GP7 NORESP GD BLK XFER FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION These two bits reflect the retry status of the most recent message. The number of times that the mes-sage was retried is delineated by these two bits as shown below: RETRY COUNT 1 RETRY COUNT 0 Number of (bit 14) (bit 13) Message Retries 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 N/A 1 1 2 INVERSE (BIT 4 = 1) GT-EQ/ GP0 NE/GP1 0 ALWAYS Less than or GP0 flag. This bit is set or cleared based on the results of the compare. If the value of the CMT's parameter is less than the value of the message time counter, then the LT/GP0 and NE/GP1 flags will be set, while the GT-EQ/GP0 and EQ/GP1 flags will be cleared. If the value of the CMT's parameter is equal to the value of the message time counter, then the GT-EQ/GP0 and EQ/GP1 flags will be set, while the LT/GP0 and NE/GP1 flags will be cleared. If the value of the CMT's parameter is greater than the current value of the message time counter, then the GT-EQ/GP0 and NE/GP1 flags will be set , while the LT/GP0 and EQ/GP1 flags will be cleared. Also, General Purpose Flag 1 may be also be set or cleared by a FLG operation. F NEVER Equal Flag. This bit is set or cleared after CFT or CMT operation. If the value of the CMT's parameter is equal to the value of the message time counter, then the EQ/GP1 flag will be set and the NE/GP1 bit will be cleared. If the value of the CMT's parameter is not equal to the value of the message time counter, then the NE/GP1 flag will be set and the EQ/GP1bit will be cleared. Also, General Purpose Flag 1 may be also be set or cleared by a FLG operation. GD BLK XFER BAD MESSAGE GOOD MESSAGE The ALWAYS flag should be set (bit 4 = 0) to designate an instruction as unconditional. The NEVER bit (bit 4 = 1) can be used to implement a NOP or "skip" instruction. MASKED STATUS BIT MASKED STATUS BIT B General Purpose Flags may be set, cleared, or toggled by a FLG operation. The host processor can set, clear, or toggle these flags in the same way as the FLG instruction by means of the BC GENERAL PURPOSE FLAG REGISTER. Indicates that one or both of the following conditions have occurred for the most recent message: (1) If one (or more) of the Status Mask bits (14 through 9) in the BC Control Word is logic "0" and the corre-sponding bit(s) is (are) set (logic "1") in the received RT Status Word. In the case of the RESERVED BITS MASK (bit 9) set to logic "0," any or all of the 3 Reserved Status Word bits being set will result in a MASKED STATUS SET condition; and/or (2) If BROADCAST MASK ENABLED/XOR (bit 11 of Configuration Register #4) is logic "1" and the MASK BROADCAST bit of the message's BC Control Word is logic "0" and the BROADCAST COMMAND RECEIVED bit in the received RT Status Word is logic "1." 2 3 4 5 6 7 NORESP indicates that an RT has either not responded or has responded later than the BC No Response Timeout time. The Mini-ACE Mark3's No Response Timeout Time is defined per MIL-STD-1553B as the time from the mid-bit crossing of the parity bit of the last word transmitted by the BC to the mid-sync crossing of the RT Status Word. The value of the No Response Timeout value is programmable from among the nominal values 18.5, 22.5, 50.5, and 130 μs (±1 μs) by means of bits 10 and 9 of Configuration Register #5. A For the most recent message, GD BLK XFER will be set to logic "1" following completion of a valid (error-free) RT-to-BC transfer, RT-to-RT transfer, or transmit mode code with data message. This bit is set to logic "0" following an invalid message. GOOD DATA BLOCK TRANSFER is always logic "0" fol-lowing a BC-to-RT transfer, a mode code with data, or a mode code without data. The Loop Test has no effect on GOOD DATA BLOCK TRANSFER. GOOD DATA BLOCK TRANSFER may be used to determine if the transmitting portion of an RT-to-RT transfer was error free.
  • 22. (part of) BC INSTRUCTION LIST MESSAGE CONTROL/STATUS MESSAGE CONTROL/STATUS BLOCK 1 22 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 BC MESSAGE SEQUENCE CONTROL The Mini-ACE Mark3 BC message sequence control capability enables a high degree of offloading of the host processor. This includes using the various timing functions to enable autonomous structuring of major and minor frames. In addition, by implementing conditional jumps and subroutine calls, the message sequence control processor greatly simplifies the insertion of asynchronous, or "out-of-band" messages. EXECUTE AND FLIP OPERATION The Mini-ACE Mark3 BC's XQF, or "Execute and Flip" operation, provides some unique capabilities. Following execution of this unconditional instruction, if the condition code tests TRUE, the BC will modify the value of the current XQF instruction's pointer parameter by toggling bit 4 of the pointer. That is, if the selected condition flag tests true, the value of the parameter will be updated to the value = old address XOR 0010h. As a result, the next time that this line in the instruction list is executed, the Message Control/Status Block at the updated address (old address XOR 0010h) will be processed, rather than the one at the old address. The operation of the XQF instruction is illustrat-ed in FIGURE 4. There are multiple ways of utilizing the "execute and flip" instruc-tion. One is to facilitate the implementation of a double buffering data scheme for individual messages. This allows the message sequence control processor to "ping-pong" between a pair of data buffers for a particular message. By doing so, the host processor can access one of the two Data Word blocks, while the BC reads or writes the alternate Data Word block. A second application of the "execute and flip" capability is in con-junction with message retries. This allows the BC to not only switch buses when retrying a failed message, but to automati-cally switch buses permanently for all future times that the same message is to be processed. This not only provides a high degree of autonomy from the host CPU, but saves BC band-width, by eliminating the need for future attempts to process messages on an RT's failed channel. XQF BLOCK 0 POINTER XX00h DATA BLOCK 0 XX00h DATA BLOCK 1 POINTER POINTER FIGURE 4. EXECUTE and FLIP (XQF) OPERATION
  • 23. 23 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 GENERAL PURPOSE QUEUE The Mini-ACE Mark3 BC allows for the creation of a general pur-pose queue. This data structure provides a means for the mes-sage sequence processor to convey information to the BC host. The BC op code repertoire provides mechanisms to push vari-ous items on this queue. These include the contents of the Time Tag Register, the Block Status Word for the most recent mes-sage, an immediate data value, or the contents of a specified memory address. FIGURE 5 illustrates the operation of the BC General Purpose Queue. Note that the BC General Purpose Queue Pointer Register will always point to the next address location (modulo 64); that is, the location following the last location written by the BC message sequence control engine. If enabled, a BC GENERAL PURPOSE QUEUE ROLLOVER interrupt will be issued when the value of the queue pointer address rolls over at a 64-word boundary. The rollover will always occur at a modulo 64 address. BC GENERAL PURPOSE QUEUE (64 Locations) LAST LOCATION BC GENERAL PURPOSE QUEUE POINTER REGISTER NEXT LOCATION FIGURE 5. BC GENERAL PURPOSE QUEUE
  • 24. 24 TABLE 38. TYPICAL RT MEMORY MAP (SHOWN FOR 4K RAM) DESCRIPTION ADDRESS (HEX) 0000-00FF Stack A Stack Pointer A Global Circular Buffer A Pointer 0100 0101 0102-0103 RESERVED Stack Pointer B Global Circular Buffer B Pointer RESERVED 0104 0105 0106-0107 0108-010F Mode Code Selective Interrupt Table 0110-013F Mode Code Data 0140-01BF Lookup Table A 01C0-023F Lookup Table B 0240-0247 Busy Bit Lookup Table 0248-025F (not used) 0260-027F Data Block 0 0280-02FF Data Block 1-4 0300-03FF Command Illegalizing Table 0400-041F Data Block 5 0420-043F Data Block 6 • • • • • • Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com AREA A AREA B DESCRIPTION COMMENT BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 REMOTE TERMINAL (RT) ARCHITECTURE The Mini-ACE Mark3's RT architecture builds upon that of the ACE and Mini-ACE. The Mini-ACE Mark3 provides multiprotocol support, with full compliance to all of the commonly used data bus standards, including MIL-STD-1553A, MIL-STD-1553B Notice 2, STANAG 3838, General Dynamics 16PP303, and McAirA3818, A5232, and A5690. For the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT mode, there is programmable flexibility enabling the RT to be configured to fulfill any set of system requirements. This includes the capability to meet the MIL-STD-1553A response time requirement of 2 to 5 μs, and multiple options for mode code subaddresses, mode codes, RT status word, and RT BIT word. The Mini-ACE Mark3 RT protocol design implements all of the MIL-STD-1553B message formats and dual redundant mode codes. The design has passed validation testing for MIL-STD- 1553B compliance. The Mini-ACE Mark3 RT performs compre-hensive error checking including word and format validation, and checks for various RT-to-RT transfer errors. One of the main fea-tures of the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT is its choice of memory man-agement options. These include single buffering by subaddress, double buffering for individual receive subaddresses, circular buffering by individual subaddresses, and global circular buffering for multiple (or all) subaddresses. Other features of the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT include a set of inter-rupt conditions, a flexible status queue with filtering based on valid and/or invalid messages, flexible command illegalization, programmable busy by subaddress, multiple options on time tag-ging, and an "auto-boot" feature which allows the RT to initialize as an online RT with the busy bit set following power turn-on. RT MEMORY ORGANIZATION TABLE 38 illustrates a typical memory map for an Mini-ACE Mark3 RT with 4K RAM. The two Stack Pointers reside in fixed locations in the shared RAM address space: address 0100 (hex) for the Area A Stack Pointer and address 0104 for the Area B Stack Pointer. In addition to the Stack Pointer, there are several other areas of the shared RAM address space that are designat-ed as fixed locations (all shown in bold). These are for the Area A and Area B lookup tables, the illegalization lookup table, the busy lookup table, and the mode code data tables. The RT lookup tables (reference TABLE 39) provide a mecha-nism for allocating data blocks for individual transmit, receive, or broadcast subaddresses. The RT lookup tables include subad-dress control words as well as the individual data block pointers. If command illegalization is used, address range 0300-03FF is used for command illegalizing. The descriptor stack RAM area, as well as the individual data blocks, may be located in any of the non-fixed areas in the shared RAM address space. Note that in TABLE 38, there is no area allocated for "Stack B". This is shown for purpose of simplicity of illustration. Also, note that in TABLE 38, the allocated area for the RT command stack is 256 words. However, larger stack sizes are possible. That is, the RT command stack size may be programmed for 256 words (64 messages), 512, 1024, or 2048 words (512 messages) by means of bits 14 and 13 of Configuration Register 3. 0FE0-0FFF Data Block 100 Subaddress Control Word Lookup Table (Optional) SACW SA0 • • • SACW SA31 0220 • • • 023F 01A0 • • • 01BF Broadcast Lookup Pointer Table (Optional) Bcst SA0 • • • Bcst SA31 0200 • • • 021F 0180 • • • 019F Transmit Lookup Pointer Table Tx SA0 • • • Tx SA31 01E0 • • • 01FF 0160 • • • 017F Receive (/Broadcast) Lookup Pointer Table Rx(/Bcst) SA0 • • • Rx(/Bcst) SA31 01C0 • • • 01DF 0140 • • • 015F TABLE 39. RT LOOK-UP TABLES
  • 25. TABLE 40. RT SUBADDRESS CONTROL WORD - MEMORY MANAGEMENT OPTIONS SUBADDRESS CONTROL WORD BITS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 128-Word 0 0 1 0 256-Word 0 0 1 1 512-Word 0 1 0 0 1024-Word 0 1 1 0 4096-Word 25 0 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com Single Message BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 RT MEMORY MANAGEMENT The Mini-ACE Mark3 provides a variety of RT memory manage-ment capabilities. As with the ACE and Mini-ACE, the choice of memory management scheme is fully programmable on a trans-mit/ receive/broadcast subaddress basis. In compliance with MIL-STD-1553B Notice 2, received data from broadcast messages may be optionally separated from non-broadcast received data. For each transmit, receive or broadcast subaddress, either a single-message data block, a double buffered configuration (two alternating Data Word blocks), or a variable-sized (128 to 8192 words) subaddress circular buffer may be allocated for data storage. The memory management scheme for individual subaddresses is designated by means of the subaddress control word (reference TABLE 40). For received data, there is also a global circular buffer mode. In this configuration, the data words received from multiple (or all) subaddresses are stored in a common circular buffer structure. Like the subaddress circular buffer, the size of the global circular buffer is programmable, with a range of 128 to 8192 data words. The double buffering feature provides a means for the host processor to easily access the most recent, complete received block of valid Data Words for any given subaddress. In addition to helping ensure data sample consistency, the circular buffer options provide a means for greatly reducing host processor overhead for multi-message bulk data transfer applications. End-of-message interrupts may be enabled either globally (fol-lowing all messages), following error messages, on a transmit/receive/broadcast subaddress or mode code basis, or when a circular buffer reaches its midpoint (50% boundary) or lower (100%) boundary. A pair of interrupt status registers allow the host processor to determine the cause of all interrupts by means of a single read operation. Subaddress - specific circular buffer of specified size. 8192-Word 1 (for receive and / or broadcast subaddresses only) Global Circular Buffer: The buffer size is specified by Configuration Register #6, bits 11-9. The pointer to the global circular buffer is stored at address 0101 (for Area A) or address 0105 (for Area B) 1 1 1 1 1 1 For Receive or Broadcast: Double Buffered For Transmit: Single Message 0 0 1 0 MM0 MEMORY MANAGEMENT SUBADDRESS MM1 BUFFER SCHEME DESCRIPTION DOUBLE-BUFFERED OR GLOBAL CIRCULAR BUFFER (bit 15) MM2 0 1 0 1 2048-Word
  • 26. 26 CONFIGURATION REGISTER Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 SINGLE BUFFERED MODE The operation of the single buffered RT mode is illustrated in FIGURE 6. In the single buffered mode, the respective lookup table entry must be written by the host processor. Received data words are written to, or transmitted data words are read from the data word block with starting address referenced by the lookup table pointer. In the single buffered mode, the current lookup table pointer is not updated by the Mini-ACE Mark3 memory management logic. Therefore, if a subsequent message is received for the same subaddress, the same Data Word block will be overwritten or overread. SUBADDRESS DOUBLE BUFFERING MODE The Mini-ACE Mark3 provides a double buffering mechanism for received data, that may be selected on an individual subaddress basis for any or all receive (and/or broadcast) subaddresses. This is illustrated in FIGURE 7. It should be noted that the Subaddress Double Buffering mode is applicable for receive data only, not for transmit data. Double buffering of transmit messages may be easily implemented by software techniques. The purpose of the subaddress double buffering mode is to pro-vide data sample consistency to the host processor. This is accomplished by allocating two 32-word data word blocks for each individual receive (and/or broadcast receive) subaddress. At any given time, one of the blocks will be designated as the "active" 1553 block while the other will be considered as "inactive". The data words for the next receive command to that subaddress will be stored in the active block. Following receipt of a valid message, the Mini-ACE Mark3 will automatically switch the active and inac-tive blocks for that subaddress. As a result, the latest, valid, com-plete data block is always accessible to the host processor. CIRCULAR BUFFER MODE The operation of the Mini-ACE Mark3's circular buffer RT mem-ory management mode is illustrated in FIGURE 8. As in the sin-gle buffered and double buffered modes, the individual lookup table entries are initially loaded by the host processor. At the start of each message, the lookup table entry is stored in the third position of the respective message block descriptor in the descriptor stack area of RAM. Receive or transmit data words are transferred to (from) the circular buffer, starting at the loca-tion referenced by the lookup table pointer. In general, the location after the last data word written or read (modulo the circular buffer size) during the message is written to the respective lookup table location during the end-of-message sequence. By so doing, data for the next message for the respec-tive transmit, receive(/broadcast), or broadcast subaddress will be accessed from the next lower contiguous block of locations in the circular buffer. For the case of a receive (or broadcast receive) message with a data word error, there is an option such that the lookup table pointer will only be updated following receipt of a valid message. That is, the pointer will not be updated following receipt of a message with an error in a data word. This allows failed mes-sages in a bulk data transfer to be retried without disrupting the circular buffer data structure, and without intervention by the RT's host processor. GLOBAL CIRCULAR BUFFER Beyond the programmable choice of single buffer mode, double buffer mode, or circular buffer mode, programmable on an individ-ual subaddress basis, the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT architecture pro- DESCRIPTOR STACKS FIGURE 6. RT SINGLE BUFFERED MODE DATA BLOCKS DATA BLOCK DATA BLOCK BLOCK STATUS WORD TIME TAG WORD DATA BLOCK POINTER RECEIVED COMMAND WORD LOOK-UP TABLE ADDR LOOK-UP TABLE (DATA BLOCK ADDR) 15 13 0 CURRENT AREA B/A STACK POINTERS (See note) Note: Lookup table is not used for mode commands when enhanced mode codes are enabled.
  • 27. 27 vides an additional option, a variable sized global circular buffer. The Mini-ACE Mark3 RT allows for a mix of single buffered, dou-ble buffered, and individually circular buffered subaddresses, along with the use of the global double buffer for any arbitrary group of receive(/broadcast) or broadcast subaddresses. In the global circular buffer mode, the data for multiple receive subaddresses is stored in the same circular buffer data structure. The size of the global circular buffer may be programmed for 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, or 8192 words, by means of bits 11, 10, and 9 of Configuration Register #6. As shown in TABLE 40, individual subaddresses may be mapped to the global circular buffer by means of their respective subaddress control words. Notes: Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com DATA BLOCK 0 BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 DATA BLOCK POINTER FIGURE 7. RT DOUBLE BUFFERED MODE 15 13 0 BLOCK STATUS WORD TIME TAG WORD DATA BLOCK POINTER RECEIVED COMMAND WORD CONFIGURATION REGISTER STACK POINTERS DESCRIPTOR STACK CURRENT AREA B/A DATA BLOCKS DATA BLOCK 1 X..X 0 YYYYY X..X 1 YYYYY RECEIVE DOUBLE BUFFER ENABLE SUBADDRESS CONTROL WORD MSB LOOK-UP TABLES FIGURE 8. RT CIRCULAR BUFFERED MODE CIRCULAR BUFFER ROLLOVER 15 13 0 RECEIVED (TRANSMITTED) MESSAGE DATA (NEXT LOCATION) 128, 256 8192 WORDS POINTER TO CURRENT DATA BLOCK POINTER TO NEXT DATA BLOCK LOOK-UP TABLE ENTRY CIRCULAR DATA BUFFER LOOK-UP TABLES LOOK-UP TABLE ADDRESS BLOCK STATUS WORD TIME TAG WORD DATA BLOCK POINTER RECEIVED COMMAND WORD CONFIGURATION REGISTER STACK POINTERS DESCRIPTOR STACK CURRENT AREA B/A 1. TX/RS/BCST_SA look-up table entry is updated following valid receive (broadcast) message or following completion of transit message * 2. For the Global Circular Buffer Mode, the pointer is read from and re-written to Address 0101 (for Area A) or Address 0105 (for Area B). The pointer to the Global Circular Buffer will be stored in location 0101 (for Area A), or location 0105 (for Area B). The global circular buffer option provides a highly efficient method for storing received message data. It allows for frequent-ly used subaddresses to be mapped to individual data blocks, while also providing a method for asynchronously received mes-sages to infrequently used subaddresses to be logged to a com-mon area. Alternatively, the global circular buffer provides an efficient means for storing the received data words for all subad-dresses. Under this method, all received data words are stored chronologically, regardless of subaddress.
  • 28. 28 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 RT DESCRIPTOR STACK The descriptor stack provides a chronology of all messages processed by the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT. Reference FIGURES 6, 7, and 8. Similar to BC mode, there is a four-word block descriptor in the Stack for each message processed. The four entries to each block descriptor are the Block Status Word, Time Tag Word, the pointer to the start of the message's data block, and the 16- bit received Command Word. The RT Block Status Word includes indications of whether a par-ticular message is ongoing or has been completed, what bus channel it was received on, indications of illegal commands, and flags denoting various message error conditions. For the double buffering, subaddress circular buffering, and global circular buffering modes, the data block pointer may be used for locating the data blocks for specific messages. Note that for mode code commands, there is an option to store the transmitted or received data word as the third word of the descriptor, in place of the data block pointer. The Time Tag Word provides a 16-bit indication of relative time for individual messages. The resolution of the Mini-ACE Mark3's time tag is programmable from among 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, or 64 μs/LSB. There is also a provision for using an external clock input for the time tag (consult factory). If enabled, there is a time tag rollover interrupt, which is issued when the value of the time tag rolls over from FFFF(hex) to 0. Other time tag options include the capabilities to clear the time tag register following receipt of a Synchronize (without data) mode command and/or to set the time tag following receipt of a Synchronize (with data) mode command. For the latter, there is an added option to filter the "set" capability based on the LSB of the received data word being equal to logic "0". RT INTERRUPTS The Mini-ACE Mark3 offers a great deal of flexibility in terms of RT interrupt processing. By means of the Mini-ACE Mark3’s two Interrupt Mask Registers, the RT may be programmed to issue interrupt requests for the following events/conditions: End-of- (every)Message, Message Error, Selected (transmit or receive) Subaddress, 100% Circular Buffer Rollover, 50% Circular Buffer Rollover, 100% Descriptor Stack Rollover, 50% Descriptor Stack Rollover, Selected Mode Code, Transmitter Timeout, Illegal Command, and Interrupt Status Queue Rollover. Interrupts for 50% Rollovers of Stacks and Circular Buffers. The Mini-ACE Mark3 RT and Monitor are capable of issuing host interrupts when a subaddress circular buffer pointer or stack pointer crosses its mid-point boundary. For RT circular buffers, this is applicable for both transmit and receive subaddresses. Reference FIGURE 9. There are four interrupt mask and inter-rupt status register bits associated with the 50% rollover function: (1) RT circular buffer; (2) RT command (descriptor) stack; (3) Monitor command (descriptor) stack; and (4) Monitor data stack. The 50% rollover interrupt is beneficial for performing bulk data transfers. For example, when using circular buffering for a partic-ular receive subaddress, the 50% rollover interrupt will inform the host processor when the circular buffer is half full. At that time, the host may proceed to read the received data words in the upper half of the buffer, while the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT writes received data words to the lower half of the circular buffer. Later, when the RT issues a 100% circular buffer rollover interrupt, the host can proceed to read the received data from the lower half of the buffer, while the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT continues to write received data words to the upper half of the buffer. Interrupt status queue. The Mini-ACE Mark3 RT, Monitor, and combined RT/Monitor modes include the capability for generat-ing an interrupt status queue. As illustrated in FIGURE 10, this provides a chronological history of interrupt generating events and conditions. In addition to the Interrupt Mask Register, the Interrupt Status Queue provides additional filtering capability, such that only valid messages and/or only invalid messages may result in the creation of an entry to the Interrupt Status Queue. Queue entries for invalid and/or valid messages may be disabled by means of bits 8 and 7 of configuration register #6. The interrupt status queue is 64 words deep, providing the capa-bility to store entries for up to 32 messages. These events and conditions include both message-related and non-message related events. Note that the Interrupt Vector Queue Pointer Register will always point to the next location (modulo 64) fol-lowing the last vector/pointer pair written by the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT. The pointer to the Interrupt Status Queue is stored in the INTERRUPT VECTOR QUEUE POINTER REGISTER (register address 1F). This register must be initialized by the host, and is subsequently incremented by the RT message processor. The interrupt status queue is 64 words deep, providing the capability to store entries for up to 32 messages. The queue rolls over at addresses of modulo 64. The events that result in queue entries include both message-related and non-message- related events. Note that the Interrupt Vector Queue Pointer Register will always point to the next location (modulo 64) following the last vector/pointer pair written by the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT, Monitor, or RT/Monitor. Each event that causes an interrupt results in a two-word entry to be written to the queue. The first word of the entry is the inter-rupt vector. The vector indicates which interrupt event(s)/condi-tion( s) caused the interrupt. The interrupt events are classified into two categories: message interrupt events and non-message interrupt events. Message-
  • 29. DATA POINTER DESCRIPTOR STACK FIGURE 9. 50% and 100% ROLLOVER INTERRUPTS INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE (64 Locations) INTERRUPT VECTOR 29 Note Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 FIGURE 10. RT (and MONITOR) INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE (shown for message Interrupt event) DATA WORD BLOCK DESCRIPTOR STACK PARAMETER (POINTER) INTERRUPT VECTOR QUEUE POINTER REGISTER (IF) BLOCK STATUS WORD TIME TAG DATA BLOCK POINTER RECEIVED COMMAND NEXT VECTOR CIRCULAR BUFFER* LOOK-UP TABLE (128,256,...8192 WORDS) RECEIVED (TRANSMITTED) MESSAGE DATA BLOCK STATUS WORD TIME TAG WORD DATA BLOCK POINTER RECEIVED COMMAND WORD 50% ROLLOVER INTERRUPT 50% The example shown is for an RT Subaddress Circular Buffer. The 50% and 100% Rollover Interrupts are also applicable to the RT Global Circulat Buffer, RT Command Stack, Monitor Command Stack, and Monitor Data Stack. 100% ROLLOVER INTERRUPT 100%
  • 30. DESCRIPTION Brdcst / Rx, SA 0. MC15-0 Brdcst / RX, SA 0. MC31-16 Brdcst / Rx, SA 1. WC15-0 Brdcst / Rx, SA 1. WC31-16 • • • Brdcst / Rx, SA 31. MC31-16 Brdcst / Tx, SA 0. MC15-0 Brdcst / Tx, SA 0.MC31-16 Brdcst / Tx, SA 1. WC15-0 • • • Brdcst / Tx, SA 30. WC31-16 Brdcst / Tx, SA 31. MC15-0 Brdcst / Tx, SA 31. MC31-16 Own Addr / Rx, SA 0. MC15-0 Own Addr / Rx, SA 0. MC31-16 Own Addr / Rx, SA 1. WC15-0 Own Addr / Rx, SA 1. WC31-16 • • • Own Addr / Rx, SA 31. MC15-0 Own Addr / Rx, SA 31. MC31-16 Own Addr / Tx, SA 0. MC15-0 Own Addr / Tx, SA 0. MC31-16 Own Addr / Tx, SA 1. WC15-0 Own Addr / Tx, SA 1. WC31-16 30 ADDRESS 300 301 302 303 • • • 33F 340 341 342 • • • 37D 37E 37F 380 381 382 383 • • • 3BE 3BF 3C0 3C1 3C2 3C3 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 TABLE 41. ILLEGALIZATION TABLE MEMORY MAP 3FC Own Addr / Tx, SA 30. WC15-0 3FD Own Addr / Tx, SA 30. WC31-16 3FE Own Addr / Tx, SA 31. MC15-0 • • • 3FF • • • Own Addr / Tx, SA 31. MC31-16 based interrupt events include End-of-Message, Selected mode code, Format error, Subaddress control word interrupt, RT Circular buffer Rollover, Handshake failure, RT Command stack rollover, transmitter timeout, MT Data Stack rollover, MT Command Stack rollover, RT Command Stack 50% rollover, MT Data Stack 50% rollover, MT Command Stack 50% rollover, and RT Circular buffer 50% rollover. Non-message interrupt events/conditions include time tag rollover, RT address parity error, RAM parity error, and BIT completed. Bit 0 of the interrupt vector (interrupt status) word indicates whether the entry is for a message interrupt event (if bit 0 is logic "1") or a non-message interrupt event (if bit 0 is logic "0"). It is not possible for one entry on the queue to indicate both a message interrupt and a non-message interrupt. As illustrated in FIGURE 10, for a message interrupt event, the parameter word is a pointer. The pointer will reference the first word of the RT or MT command stack descriptor (i.e., the Block Status Word). For a RAM Parity Error non-message interrupt, the parameter will be the RAM address where the parity check failed. For the RT address Parity Error, Protocol Self-test Complete, and Time Tag rollover non-message interrupts, the parameter is not used; it will have a value of 0000. If enabled, an INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE ROLLOVER inter-rupt will be issued when the value of the queue pointer address rolls over at a 64-word address boundary. NOTE: Please see Appendix “F” of the Enhanced Mini-ACE Users Guide for important information applicable only to RT MODE operation, enabling of the interrupt status queue and use of specific non-message interrupts.
  • 31. 31 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com RT AUTO-BOOT OPTION If utilized, the RT pin-programmable auto-boot option allows the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT to automatically initialize as an active remote terminal with the Busy status word bit set to logic "1" immediately following power turn-on. This is a useful feature for MIL-STD-1760 applications, in which the RT is required to be responding within 150 ms after power-up. This feature is avail-able for versions of the Mini-ACE Mark3 with 4K words of RAM. OTHER RT FEATURES The Mini-ACE Mark3 includes options for the Terminal flag sta-tus word bit to be set either under software control and/or auto-matically following a failure of the loopback self-test. Other soft-ware programmable RT options include software programmable RT status and RT BIT words, automatic clearing of the Service Request bit following receipt of a Transmit vector word mode command, options regarding Data Word transfers for the Busy and Message error (illegal) Status word bits, and options for the handling of 1553A and reserved mode codes. MONITOR ARCHITECTURE The Mini-ACE Mark3 includes three monitor modes: (1) A Word Monitor mode (2) A selective message monitor mode (3) A combined RT/message monitor mode For new applications, it is recommended that the selective mes-sage monitor mode be used, rather than the word monitor mode. Besides providing monitor filtering based on RT address, T/R bit, and subaddress, the message monitor eliminates the need to determine the start and end of messages by software. TABLE 42. RT BIT WORD BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) TRANSMITTER TIMEOUT 14 LOOP TEST FAILURE B 13 LOOP TEST FAILURE A 12 HANDSHAKE FAILURE TRANSMITTER SHUTDOWN B 11 10 TRANSMITTER SHUTDOWN A 9 TERMINAL FLAG INHIBITED 8 BIT TEST FAILURE 7 HIGH WORD COUNT 6 LOW WORD COUNT 5 INCORRECT SYNC RECEIVED 4 PARITY / MANCHESTER ERROR RECEIVED 3 RT-to-RT GAP / SYNC ADDRESS ERROR 2 RT-to-RT NO RESPONSE ERROR BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 RT COMMAND ILLEGALIZATION The Mini-ACE Mark3 provides an internal mechanism for RT Command Word illegalizing. By means of a 256-word area in shared RAM, the host processor may designate that any mes-sage be illegalized, based on the command word T/R bit, sub-address, and word count/mode code fields. The Mini-ACE Mark3 illegalization scheme provides the maximum in flexibility, allow-ing any subset of the 4096 possible combinations of broad-cast/ own address, T/R bit, subaddress, and word count/mode code to be illegalized. The address map of the Mini-ACE Mark3's illegalizing table is illustrated in TABLE 41. BUSY BIT The Mini-ACE Mark3 RT provides two different methods for set-ting the Busy status word bit: (1) globally, by means of Configuration Register #1; or (2) on a T/R-bit/subaddress basis, by means of a RAM lookup table. If the host CPU asserts the BUSY bit to logic “0“ in Configuration Register #1, the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT will respond to all non-broadcast commands with the Busy bit set in its RT Status Word. Alternatively, there is a Busy lookup table in the Mini-ACE Mark3 shared RAM. By means of this table, it is possible for the host processor to set the busy bit for any selectable subset of the 128 combinations of broadcast/own address, T/R bit, and subad-dress. If the busy bit is set for a transmit command, the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT will respond with the busy bit set in the status word, but will not transmit any data words. If the busy bit is set for a receive command, the RT will also respond with the busy status bit set. There are two programmable options regarding the reception of data words for a non-mode code receive command for which the RT is busy: (1) to transfer the received data words to shared RAM; or (2) to not transfer the data words to shared RAM. RT ADDRESS The Mini-ACE Mark3 offers several different options for desig-nating the Remote Terminal address. These include the follow-ing: (1) hardwired, by means of the 5 RT ADDRESS inputs, and the RT ADDRESS PARITY input; (2) by means of the RT ADDRESS (and PARITY) inputs, but latched via hardware, on the rising edge of the RT_AD_LAT input signal; (3) input by means of the RT ADDRESS (and PARITY) inputs, but latched via host software; and (4) software programmable, by means of an internal register. In all four configurations, the RT address is readable by the host processor. RT BUILT-IN-TEST (BIT) WORD The bit map for the Mini-ACE Mark3's internal RT Built-in-Test (BIT) Word is indicated in TABLE 42. 0 (LSB) COMMAND WORD CONTENTS ERROR 1 RT-to-RT 2ND COMMAND WORD ERROR
  • 32. 32 TABLE 43. TYPICAL WORD MONITOR MEMORY MAP FUNCTION HEX ADDRESS 0000 First Received 1553 Word 0001 First Identification Word 0002 Second Received 1553 Word 0003 Second Identification Word 0004 005 Third Identification Word • • • Stack Pointer (Fixed Location - gets overwritten) Received 1553 Words and Identification Word • • • 0100 • • • FFFF Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 Third Received 1553 Word • • • WORD MONITOR MODE In the Word Monitor Terminal mode, the Mini-ACE Mark3 moni-tors both 1553 buses. After the software initialization and Monitor Start sequences, the Mini-ACE Mark3 stores all Command, Status, and Data Words received from both buses. For each word received from either bus, a pair of words is stored to the Mini-ACE Mark3's shared RAM. The first word is the word received from the 1553 bus. The second word is the Monitor Identification (ID), or "Tag" word. The ID word contains informa-tion relating to bus channel, word validity, and inter-word time gaps. The data and ID words are stored in a circular buffer in the shared RAM address space. WORD MONITOR MEMORY MAP A typical word monitor memory map is illustrated in TABLE 43. TABLE 43 assumes a 64K address space for the Mini-ACE Mark3's monitor. The Active Area Stack pointer provides the address where the first monitored word is stored. In the example, it is assumed that the Active Area Stack Pointer for Area A (loca-tion 0100) is initialized to 0000. The first received data word is stored in location 0000, the ID word for the first word is stored in location 0001, etc. The current Monitor address is maintained by means of a counter register. This value may be read by the CPU by means of the Data Stack Address Register. It is important to note that when the counter reaches the Stack Pointer address of 0100 or 0104, the initial pointer value stored in this shared RAM location will be overwritten by the monitored data and ID Words. When the internal counter reaches an address of FFFF (or 0FFF, for an Mini-ACE Mark3 with 4K RAM), the counter rolls over to 0000. WORD MONITOR TRIGGER In the Word Monitor mode, there is a pattern recognition trigger and a pattern recognition interrupt. The 16-bit compare word for both the trigger and the interrupt is stored in the Monitor Trigger Word Register. The pattern recognition interrupt is enabled by setting the MT Pattern Trigger bit in Interrupt Mask Register #1. The pattern recognition trigger is enabled by setting the Trigger Enable bit in Configuration Register #1 and selecting either the Start-on-trigger or the Stop-on-trigger bit in Configuration Register #1. The Word Monitor may also be started by means of a low-to-high transition on the EXT_TRIG input signal. SELECTIVE MESSAGE MONITOR MODE The Mini-ACE Mark3 Selective Message Monitor provides monitoring of 1553 messages with filtering based on RT address, T/R bit, and subaddress with no host processor inter-vention. By autonomously distinguishing between 1553 com-mand and status words, the Message Monitor determines when messages begin and end, and stores the messages into RAM, based on a programmable filter of RT address, T/R bit, and subaddress. The selective monitor may be configured as just a monitor, or as a combined RT/Monitor. In the combined RT/Monitor mode, the Mini-ACE Mark3 functions as an RT for one RT address (including broadcast messages), and as a selective message monitor for the other 30 RT addresses. The Mini-ACE Mark3 Message Monitor contains two stacks, a command stack and a data stack, that are independent from the RT command stack. The pointers for these stacks are located at fixed locations in RAM. MONITOR SELECTION FUNCTION Following receipt of a valid command word in Selective Monitor mode, the Mini-ACE Mark3 will reference the selective monitor lookup table to determine if the particular command is enabled. The address for this location in the table is determined by means of an offset based on the RT Address, T/R bit, and Subaddress bit 4 of the current command word, and concatenating it to the monitor lookup table base address of 0280 (hex). The bit location within this word is determined by subaddress bits 3-0 of the cur-rent command word. If the specified bit in the lookup table is logic "0", the command is not enabled, and the Mini-ACE Mark3 will ignore this com-mand. If this bit is logic "1", the command is enabled and the Mini-ACE Mark3 will create an entry in the monitor command descriptor stack (based on the monitor command stack pointer), and store the data and status words associated with the com-mand into sequential locations in the monitor data stack. In addi-tion, for an RT-to-RT transfer in which the receive command is selected, the second command word (the transmit command) is stored in the monitor data stack. The address definition for the Selective Monitor Lookup TABLE is illustrated in TABLE 44.
  • 33. 33 TABLE 44. MONITOR SELECTION TABLE LOOKUP ADDRESS BIT DESCRIPTION 15(MSB) Logic “0” 14 Logic “0” 13 Logic “0” 12 Logic “0” Logic “0” 11 10 Logic “0” 9 Logic “1” 8 Logic “0” 7 Logic “1” 6 RTAD_4 5 RTAD_3 4 RTAD_2 3 RTAD_1 2 RTAD_0 1 TRANSMIT / RECEIVE Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com TABLE 45. TYPICAL SELECTIVE MESSAGE MONITOR MEMORY MAP (shown for 4K RAM for “Monitor only” mode) DESCRIPTION ADDRESS (HEX) 0000-0101 Not Used 0102 Monitor Command Stack Pointer A (fixed location) 0103 Monitor Data Stack Pointer A (fixed location) 0104-0105 Not Used 0106 0107 Monitor Data Stack Pointer B (fixed location) 0108-027F Not Used 0280-02FF Selective Monitor Lookup Table (fixed location) 0300-03FF Not Used 0400-07FF Monitor Command Stack A BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 SELECTIVE MESSAGE MONITOR MEMORY ORGANIZATION A typical memory map for the Mini-ACE Mark3 in the Selective Message Monitor mode, assuming a 4K RAM space, is illustrat-ed in TABLE 45. This mode of operation defines several fixed locations in the RAM. These locations are allocated in a way in which none of them overlap with the fixed RT locations. This allows for the combined RT/Selective Message Monitor mode. The fixed memory map consists of two Monitor Command Stack Pointers (locations 102 and 106 hex), two Monitor Data Stack Pointers (locations 103 and 107 hex), and a Selective Message Monitor Lookup Table (locations 0280 through 02FF hex). For this example, the Monitor Command Stack size is assumed to be 1K words, and the Monitor Data Stack size is assumed to be 2K words. FIGURE 11 illustrates the Selective Message Monitor operation. Upon receipt of a valid Command Word, the Mini-ACE Mark3 will reference the Selective Monitor Lookup Table to determine if the current command is enabled. If the current command is disabled, the Mini-ACE Mark3 monitor will ignore (and not store) the cur-rent message. If the command is enabled, the monitor will create an entry in the Monitor Command Stack at the address location referenced by the Monitor Command Stack Pointer, and an entry in the monitor data stack starting at the location referenced by the Monitor Data Stack Pointer. The format of the information in the data stack depends on the for-mat of the message that was processed. For example, for a BC-to- RT transfer (receive command), the monitor will store the command word in the monitor command descriptor stack, with the data words and the receiving RT's status word stored in the monitor data stack. Monitor Command Stack Pointer B (fixed location) 0800-0FFF Monitor Data Stack A The size of the monitor command stack is programmable, with choices of 256, 1K, 4K, or 16K words. The monitor data stack size is programmable with choices of 512, 1K, 2K, 4K, 8K, 16K, 32K or 64K words. MONITOR INTERRUPTS Selective monitor interrupts may be issued for End-of-message and for conditions relating to the monitor command stack point-er and monitor data stack pointer. The latter, which are shown in FIGURE 9, include Command Stack 50% Rollover, Command Stack 100% Rollover, Data Stack 50% Rollover, and Data Stack 100% Rollover. The 50% rollover interrupts may be used to inform the host proces-sor when the command stack or data stack is half full. At that time, the host may proceed to read the received messages in the upper half of the respective stack, while the Mini-ACE Mark3 monitor writes messages to the lower half of the stack. Later, when the monitor issues a 100% stack rollover interrupt, the host can pro-ceed to read the received data from the lower half of the stack, while the Mini-ACE Mark3 monitor continues to write received data words to the upper half of the stack. INTERRUPT STATUS QUEUE Like the Mini-ACE Mark3 RT, the Selective Monitor mode includes the capability for generating an interrupt status queue. As illustrated in FIGURE 10, this provides a chronological histo-ry of interrupt generating events. Besides the two Interrupt Mask Registers, the Interrupt Status Queue provides additional filter-ing capability, such that only valid messages and/or only invalid messages may result in entries to the Interrupt Status Queue. The interrupt status queue is 64 words deep, providing the capa-bility to store entries for up to 32 monitored messages. 0(LSB) SUBADDRESS 4
  • 34. 34 NOTE Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com MONITOR DATA BLOCK #N BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 15 13 0 BLOCK STATUS WORD TIME TAG WORD DATA BLOCK POINTER RECEIVED COMMAND WORD CONFIGURATION REGISTER #1 MONITOR COMMAND STACK POINTERS MONITOR COMMAND STACKS CURRENT AREA B/A MONITOR DATA STACKS MONITOR DATA BLOCK #N + 1 CURRENT COMMAND WORD MONITOR DATA STACK POINTERS IF THIS BIT IS "0" (NOT SELECTED) NO WORDS ARE STORED IN EITHER THE COMMAND STACK OR DATA STACK. IN ADDITION, THE COMMAND AND DATA STACK POINTERS WILL NOT BE UPDATED. SELECTIVE MONITOR LOOKUP TABLES SELECTIVE MONITOR ENABLE (SEE NOTE) OFFSET BASED ON RTA4-RTA0, T/R, SA4 FIGURE 11. SELECTIVE MESSAGE MONITOR MEMORY MANAGEMENT MISCELLANEOUS CLOCK INPUT The Mini-ACE Mark3 decoder is capable of operating from a 10, 12, 16, or 20 MHz clock input. Depending on the configuration of the specific model Mini-ACE Mark3 terminal, the selection of the clock input frequency may be chosen by one of either two methods. For all versions, the clock frequency may be specified by means of the host processor writing to Configuration Register #6. With the second method, which is applicable only for the versions incorporating 4K (but not 64K) words of internal RAM, the clock frequency may be specified by means of the input signals that are otherwise used as the A15 and A14 address lines. ENCODER/DECODERS For the selected clock frequency, there is internal logic to derive the necessary clocks for the Manchester encoder and decoders. For all clock frequencies, the decoders sample the receiver out-puts on both edges of the input clock. By in effect doubling the decoders' sampling frequency, this serves to widen the tolerance to zero-crossing distortion, and reduce the bit error rate. For interfacing to fiber optic transceivers (e.g., for MIL-STD-1773 applications), the decoders are capable of operating with single-ended, rather than double-ended, input signals. The standard transceiverless version (BU-64XXXX0) of the Mini-ACE Mark3 is internally strapped for single-ended input signals. For applica-tions involving the use of double-ended transceivers, it is sug-gested that you contact the factory at DDC regarding a double-ended transceiverless version of the Mini-ACE Mark3. TIME TAG The Mini-ACE Mark3 includes an internal read/writable Time Tag Register. This register is a CPU read/writable 16-bit counter with a programmable resolution of either 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, or 64 μs per LSB. Another option allows software controlled incrementing of the Time Tag Register. This supports self-test for the Time Tag
  • 35. 35 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 Register. For each message processed, the value of the Time Tag Register is loaded into the second location of the respective descriptor stack entry ("TIME TAG WORD") for both the BC and RT modes. The functionality involving the Time Tag Register that's compati-ble with ACE/Mini-ACE (Plus) includes: the capability to issue an interrupt request and set a bit in the Interrupt Status Register when the Time Tag Register rolls over FFFF to 0000; for RT mode, the capability to automatically clear the Time Tag Register following reception of a Synchronize (without data) mode com-mand, or to load the Time Tag Register following a Synchronize (with data) mode command. Additional time tag features supported by the Mini-ACE Mark3 include the capability for the BC to transmit the contents of the Time Tag Register as the data word for a Synchronize (with data) mode command; the capability for the RT to "filter" the data word for the Synchronize with data mode command, by only loading the Time Tag Register if the LSB of the received data word is "0"; an instruction enabling the BC Message Sequence Control engine to load the Time Tag Register with a specified value; and an instruction enabling the BC Message Sequence Control engine to write the value of the Time Tag Register to the General Purpose Queue. INTERRUPTS The Mini-ACE Mark3 series terminals provide many program-mable options for interrupt generation and handling. The inter-rupt output pin (INT) has three software programmable modes of operation: a pulse, a level output cleared under software control, or a level output automatically cleared following a read of the Interrupt Status Register (#1 or #2). Individual interrupts are enabled by the two Interrupt Mask Registers. The host processor may determine the cause of the interrupt by reading the two Interrupt Status Registers, which provide the current state of interrupt events and conditions. The Interrupt Status Registers may be updated in two ways. In one interrupt handling mode, a particular bit in Interrupt Status Register #1 or #2 will be updated only if the event occurs and the corresponding bit in Interrupt Mask Register #1 or #2 is enabled. In the enhanced interrupt handling mode, a particular bit in one of the Interrupt Status Registers will be updated if the event/con-dition occurs regardless of the value of the corresponding Interrupt Mask Register bit. In either case, the respective Interrupt Mask Register (#1 or #2) bit is used to enable an inter-rupt for a particular event/condition. The Mini-ACE Mark3 supports all the interrupt events from ACE/Mini-ACE (Plus), including RAM Parity Error, Transmitter Timeout, BC/RT Command Stack Rollover, MT Command Stack and Data Stack Rollover, Handshake Error, BC Retry, RT Address Parity Error, Time Tag Rollover, RT Circular Buffer Rollover, BC Message, RT Subaddress, BC End-of-Frame, Format Error, BC Status Set, RT Mode Code, MT Trigger, and End-of-Message. For the Mini-ACE Mark3's Enhanced BC mode, there are four user-defined interrupt bits. The BC Message Sequence Control Engine includes an instruction enabling it to issue these inter-rupts at any time. For RT and Monitor modes, the Mini-ACE Mark3 architecture includes an Interrupt Status Queue. This provides a mechanism for logging messages that result in interrupt requests. Entries to the Interrupt Status Queue may be filtered such that only valid and/or invalid messages will result in entries on the queue. The Mini-ACE Mark3 incorporates additional interrupt conditions beyond the ACE/Mini-ACE (Plus), based on the addition of Interrupt Mask Register #2 and Interrupt Status Register #2. This is accomplished by chaining the two Interrupt Status Registers using the INTERRUPT CHAIN BIT (bit 0) in Interrupt Status Register #2 to indicate that an interrupt has occurred in Interrupt Status Register #1. Additional interrupts include "Self-Test Completed", masking bits for the Enhanced BC Control Interrupts, 50% Rollover interrupts for RT Command Stack, RT Circular Buffers, MT Command Stack, and MT Data Stack; BC Op Code Parity Error, (RT) Illegal Command, (BC) General Purpose Queue or (RT/MT) Interrupt Status Queue Rollover, Call Stack Pointer Register Error, BC Trap Op Code, and the four User-Defined interrupts for the Enhanced BC mode. BUILT-IN TEST A salient feature of the Mini-ACE Mark3 is its highly autonomous self-test capability. This includes both protocol and RAM self-tests. Either or both of these self-tests may be initiated by com-mand( s) from the host processor. The protocol test consists of a comprehensive toggle test of the terminal's logic. The test includes testing of all registers, Manchester decoders, protocol logic, and memory management logs. This test is completed in approximately 32,000 clock cycles. That is, about 1.6 ms with a 20 MHz clock, 2.0 ms at 16 MHz, 2.7 ms at 12 MHz, and 3.2 ms at 10 MHz. There is also a separate built-in test (BIT) for the Mini-ACE Mark3's 4K X 16 or 64K X 16 shared RAM. This test consists of writing and then reading/verifying the two walking patterns "data = address" and "data = address inverted". This test takes 10 clock cycles per word. For a Mini-ACE Mark3 with 4K words of RAM, this is about 2.0 ms with a 20 MHz clock, 2.6 ms at 16 MHz, 3.4 ms at 12 MHz, or 4.1 ms at 10 MHz. For an Mini-ACE Mark3 with 64K words of RAM, this test takes about 32.8 ms with a 20 MHz clock, 40.1 ms at 16 MHz, 54.6 ms at 12 MHz, or 65.6 ms at 10 MHz. The Mini-ACE Mark3 built-in protocol test is performed automati-cally at power-up. In addition, the protocol or RAM self-tests may be initiated by a command from the host processor, via the START/RESET REGISTER. For RT mode, this may include the host processor invoking self-test following receipt of an Initiate self-test mode command. The results of the self-test are host
  • 36. 36 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 accessible by means of the BIT status register. For RT mode, the result of the self-test may be communicated to the bus controller via bit 8 of the RT BIT word ("0" = pass, "1" = fail). Assuming that the protocol self-test passes, all of the register and shared RAM locations will be restored to their state prior to the self-test, with the exception of the 60 RAM address locations 0342-037D and the TIME TAG REGISTER. Note that for RT mode, these locations map to the illegalization lookup table for "broadcast transmit subaddresses 1 through 30" (non-mode code subaddresses). Since MIL-STD-1553 does not define these as valid command words, this section of the illegalization lookup table is normally not used during RT operation. The TIME TAG REGISTER will continue to increment during the self-test. If there is a failure of the protocol self-test, it is possible to access information about the first failed vector.This may be done by means of the Mini-ACE Mark3's upper registers (register addresses 32 through 63). Through these registers, it is possible to determine the self-test ROM address of the first failed vector, the expected response data pattern (from the ROM), the register or memory address, and the actual (incorrect) data value read from register or memory. The on-chip self-test ROM is 4K X 24. Note that the RAM self-test is destructive. That is, following the RAM self-test, regardless of whether the test passes or fails, the shared RAM is not restored to its state prior to this test. Following a failed RAM self-test, the host may read the internal RAM to determine which location(s) failed the walking pattern test. RAM PARITY The BC/RT/MT version of the Mini-ACE Mark3 is available with options of 4K or 64K words of internal RAM. For the 64K option, the RAM is 17 bits wide. The 64K X 17 internal RAM allows for par-ity generation for RAM write accesses, and parity checking for RAM read accesses. This includes host RAM accesses, as well as accesses by the Mini-ACE Mark3’s internal logic. When the Mini- ACE Mark3 detects a RAM parity error, it reports it to the host processor by means of an interrupt and a register bit. Also, for the RT and Selective Message Monitor modes, the RAM address where a parity error was detected will be stored on the Interrupt Status Queue (if enabled). RELOCATABLE MEMORY MANAGEMENT LOCATIONS In the Mini-ACE Mark3’s default configuration, there is a fixed area of shared RAM addresses, 0000h-03FF, that is allocated for storage of the BC's or RT's pointers, counters, tables, and other "non-message" data structures. As a means of reducing the over-all memory address space for using multiple Mini-ACE Mark3’s in a given system (e.g., for use with the DMA interface configura-tion), the Mini-ACE Mark3 allows this area of RAM to be relocat-ed by means of 6 configuration register bits.To provide backwards compatibility to ACE and Mini-ACE, the default for this RAM area is 0000h-03FFh. HOST PROCESSOR INTERFACE The Mini-ACE Mark3 supports a wide variety of processor interface configurations. These include shared RAM and DMA configurations, straightforward interfacing for 16-bit and 8-bit buses, support for both non-multiplexed and multiplexed address/data buses, non-zero wait mode for interfacing to a processor address/data buses, and zero wait mode for interfacing (for example) to microcontroller I/O ports. In addition, with respect to the ACE/Mini-ACE, the Mini-ACE Mark3 provides two major improvements: (1) reduced maximum host access time for shared RAM mode; and (2) increased maximum DMA grant time for the transparent/DMA mode. The Mini-ACE Mark3's maximum host holdoff time (time prior to the assertion of the READYD handshake signal) has been sig-nificantly reduced. For ACE/Mini-ACE, this maximum holdoff time is 17 internal word transfer cycles, resulting in an overall holdoff time of approximately 4.6 μs, using a 16 MHz clock. By comparison, using the Mini-ACE Mark3's ENHANCED CPU ACCESS feature, this worst-case holdoff time is reduced signifi-cantly, to a single internal transfer cycle. For example, when operating the Mini-ACE Mark3 in its 16-bit buffered, non-zero wait configuration with a 16 MHz clock input, this results in a maximum overall host transfer cycle time of 632 ns for a read cycle, or 570 ns for a write cycle. In addition, when using the ACE or Mini-ACE in the transpar-ent/ DMA configuration, the maximum request-to-grant time, which occurs prior to an RT start-of-message sequence, is 4.0 μs with a 16 MHz clock, or 3.5 μs with a 12 MHz clock. For the Mini-ACE Mark3 functioning as a MIL-STD-1553B RT, this time has been increased to 8.5 μs at 10 MHz, 9 μs at 12 MHz, 10 μs at 16 MHz,, and 10.5 μs at 20MHz. This provides greater flexibility, particularly for systems in which a host has to arbitrate among multiple DMA requestors. By far, the most commonly used processor interface configura-tion is the 16-bit buffered, non-zero wait mode. This configuration may be used to interface between 16-bit or 32-bit microproces-sors and an Mini-ACE Mark3. In this mode, only the Mini-ACE Mark3's internal 4K or 64K words of internal RAM are used for storing 1553 message data and associated "housekeeping" functions. That is, in this configuration, the Mini-ACE Mark3 will never attempt to access memory on the host bus. FIGURE 12 illustrates a generic connection diagram between a 16-bit (or 32-bit) microprocessor and an Mini-ACE Mark3 for the 16-bit buffered configuration, while FIGURES 13 and 14, and associated tables illustrate the processor read and write timing respectively.
  • 37. CPU ADDRESS LATCH (NOTE 1) TRANSPARENT/BUFFERED TRIGGER_SEL 37 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 HOST CH. A TX/RXA +3.3V TX/RXA CH. B TX/RXB +3.3V TX/RXB RTAD4-RTAD0 RT ADDRESS, PARITY RTADP D15-D0 +3.3V CLOCK CLK IN OSCILLATOR N/C N/C A15-A12 A11-A0 N/C ADDR_LAT +3.3V 16/8_BIT MSB/LSB (NOTE 2) POLARITY_SEL (NOTE 3) ZERO_WAIT ADDRESS DECODER SELECT MEM/REG RD/WR STRBD READYD TAG_CLK RD/WR CPU STROBE +5V CPU ACKNOWLEDGE (NOTE 4) RESET +5V MSTCLR SSFLAG/EXT_TRIG CPU INTERRUPT REQUEST INT Mini-ACE Mark3 NOTES: 1. CPU ADDRESS LATCH SIGNAL PROVIDED BY PROCESSORS WITH MULTIPLEXED ADDRESS/DATA BUSES. FOR PROCESSORS WITH NON-MULTIPLEXED ADDRESS AND DATA BUSES, ADDR_LAT SHOULD BE CONNECTED TO +3.3V. 2. IF POLARITY_SEL = "1", RD/WR IS HIGH TO READ, LOW TO WRITE. IF POLARITY_SEL = "0", RD/WR IS LOW TO READ, HIGH TO WRITE. 3. ZERO_WAIT SHOULD BE STRAPPED TO LOGIC "1" FOR NON-ZERO WAIT INTERFACE AND TO LOGIC "0" FOR ZERO WAIT INTERFACE. 4. CPU ACKNOWLEDGE PROCESSOR INPUT ONLY FOR NON-ZERO WAIT TYPE OF INTERFACE. FIGURE 12. HOST PROCESSOR INTERFACE - 16-BIT BUFFERED CONFIGURATION
  • 38. NOTES: 1. For the 16-bit buffered nonzero wait configuration, TRANSPARENT/BUFFERED must be connected to logic "0". ZERO_WAIT and DTREQ / 16/8 must be connected to logic "1". The inputs TRIGGER_SEL and MSB/LSB may be connected to either +3.3 V or ground. 2. SELECT and STRBD may be tied together. IOEN goes low on the first rising CLK edge when SELECT • STRBD is sampled low (satisfying t1) and the Mark3’s protocol/memory management logic is not accessing the internal RAM. When this occurs, IOEN goes low, starting the transfer cycle. After IOEN goes low, SELECT may be released high. 3. MEM/REG must be presented high for memory access, low for register access. 4. MEM/REG and RD/WR are buffered transparently until the first falling edge of CLK after IOEN goes low. After this CLK edge, MEM/REG and 5. The logic sense for RD/WR in the diagram assumes that POLARITY_SEL is connected to logic "1." If POLARITY_SEL is connected to logic "0," 6. The timing for IOEN, READYD and D15-D0 assumes a 50 pf load. For loading above 50 pf, the validity of IOEN, READYD, and D15-D0 is delayed 7. The timing for A15-A0, MEM/REG and SELECT assumes that ADDR-LAT is connected to logic "1." Refer to Address Latch timing for additional 38 STRBD MEM/REG RD/WR READYD A15-A0 (Note 7,8,9) D15-D0 RD/WR become latched internally. RD/WR must be asserted low to read. by an additional 0.14 ns/pf typ, 0.28 ns/pf max. Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 CLOCK IN VALID t5 t7 t3 t8 t11 t13 t15 VALID t10 t4 t9 t12 t19 VALID t16 t17 SELECT (Note 2,7) (Note 2) (Note 3,4,7) (Note 4,5) IOEN (Note 2,6) (Note 6) (Note 6) t1 t2 t6 t14 t18 FIGURE 13. CPU READING RAM / REGISTER (16-BIT BUFFERED, NONZERO WAIT) details. 8. The address bus A15-A0 is internally buffered transparently until the first rising edge of CLK after IOEN goes low. After this CLK edge, A15-A0 become latched internally. 9. Setup time given for use in worst case timing calculations. None of the Mark3’s input signals are required to be synchronized to the system clock. When SELECT and STRBD do not meet the setup time of t1, but occur during the setup window of an internal flip-flop, an additional clock cycle will be inserted between the falling clock edge that latches MEM/REG and RD/WR and the rising clock edge that latches the Address (A15-A0). When this occurs, the delay from IOEN falling to READYD falling (t11) increases by one clock cycle and the address hold time (t10) must be increased be one clock cycle.
  • 39. TABLE FOR FIGURE 13. CPU READING RAM OR REGISTERS (SHOWN FOR 16-BIT, BUFFERED, NONZERO WAIT MODE) REF DESCRIPTION MIN TYP MAX UNITS t1 SELECT and STRBD low setup time prior to clock rising edge ns SELECT and STRBD low to IOEN low (uncontended access @ 20 MHz) ns (contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “0” @ 20 MHz) μs (contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “1” @ 20 MHz) ns (uncontended access @ 16 MHz) ns (contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “0” @ 16 MHz) μs (contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “1” @ 16 MHz) ns (uncontended access @ 12 MHz) ns (contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “0” @ 12 MHz) μs (contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “1” @ 12 MHz) ns (uncontended access @ 10 MHz) ns ns Time for MEM/REG and RD/WR to become valid following SELECT and STRBD low(@ 20 MHz) @ 16 MHz ns Time for Address to become valid following SELECT and STRBD low (@ 20 MHz) ns @ 16 MHz ns @ 12 MHz ns t2 t5 CLOCK IN rising edge delay to IOEN falling edge ns t6 SELECT hold time following IOEN falling ns t7 MEM/REG, RD/WR setup time prior to CLOCK IN falling edge ns t8 MEM/REG, RD/WR hold time following CLOCK IN falling edge ns t9 Address valid setup time prior to CLOCK IN rising edge ns t10 Address hold time following CLOCK IN rising edge ns t11 IOEN falling delay to READYD falling (@ 20 MHz) ns @ 16 MHz ns @ 12 MHz ns @ 10 MHz ns Output Data valid prior to READYD falling (@ 20 MHz) ns @ 16 MHz ns @ 12 MHz ns t12 t13 CLOCK IN rising edge delay to READYD falling ns t14 READYD falling to STRBD rising release time ns t15 STRBD rising edge delay to IOEN rising edge and READYD rising edge ns t16 Output Data hold time following STRBD rising edge ns t17 STRBD rising delay to output data tri-state ns t18 STRBD high hold time from READYD rising ns 39 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com 105 2.2 355 2.8 430 138 3.7 555 155 10 16 27 12 45 15 30 30 170 187.5 205 285 300 315 40 ∞ BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 2, 6 2, 6 2, 6 2, 6 2, 6 2, 6 2, 6 2, 6 2, 6 2, 6 2, 6 3, 4, 5, 7 3, 4, 5, 7 3, 4, 5, 7 3, 4, 5, 7 6 2 3, 4, 5, 7 3, 4, 5, 7 7, 8 7, 8, 9 6, 9 6, 9 6, 9 6, 9 6 6 6 6 6 6 4.4 655 35 62 11 44 61 40 0 40 0 40 0 25 35 135 150 165 235 250 265 23 40 15 NOTES 2, 9 2, 6 117 (contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “0” @ 10 MHz) μs (contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “1” @ 10 MHz) ns @ 10 MHz ns t3 t4 @ 12 MHz ns @ 10 MHz ns @ 10 MHz ns t19 CLOCK IN rising edge delay to output data valid ns
  • 40. NOTES: 1. For the 16-bit buffered nonzero wait configuration TRANSPARENT/BUFFERED must be connected to logic 0, ZERO_WAIT and DTREG / 16/8 must be connected to logic 1. The inputs TRIGGER_SEL and MSB/LSB may be connected to either +3.3 V or ground. 2. SELECT and STRBD may be tied together. IOEN goes low on the first rising CLK edge when SELECT • STRBD is sampled low (satisfying t1) and the Mark3’s protocol/memory management logic is not accessing the internal RAM. When this occurs, IOEN goes low, starting the transfer cycle. After IOEN goes low, SELECT may be released high. 3. MEM/REG must be presented high for memory access, low for register access. 4. MEM/REG and RD/WR are buffered transparently until the first falling edge of CLK after IOEN goes low. After this CLK edge, MEM/REG and 5. The logic sense for RD/WR in the diagram assumes that POLARITY_SEL is connected to logic 1. If POLARITY_SEL is connected to logic 0, 6. The timing for the IOEN and READYD outputs assume a 50 pf load. For loading above 50 pf, the validity of IOEN and READYD is delayed by an 7. The timing for A15-A0, MEM/REG, and SELECT assumes that ADDR-LAT is connected to logic 1. Refer to Address Latch timing for additional 40 STRBD MEM/REG RD/WR READYD A15-A0 (Note 7,8,9,10) D15-D0 RD/WR become latched internally. RD/WR must be asserted high to write. additional 0.14 ns/pf typ, 0.28 ns/pf max. Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 CLOCK IN t1 t6 t7 t2 t3 t16 t18 VALID t8 t9 t14 t15 t17 VALID t12 t10 t4 t11 t5 VALID t13 SELECT (Note 2,7) (Note 2) (Note 3,4,7) (Note 4,5) IOEN (Note 2,6) (Note 6) (Note 9,10) FIGURE 14. CPU WRITING RAM / REGISTER (16-BIT BUFFERED, NONZERO WAIT) details. 8. The address bus A15-A0 and data bus D15-D0 are internally buffered transparently until the first rising edge of CLK after IOEN goes low. After this CLK edge, A15-A0 and D15-D0 become latched internally. 9. Setup time given for use in worst case timing calculations. None of the Mark3’s input signals are required to be synchronized to the system clock. When SELECT and STRBD do not meet the setup time of t1, but occur during the setup time of an internal flip-flop, an additional clock cycle may be inserted between the falling clock edge that latches MEM/REG and RD/WR and the rising clock edge that latches the address (A15-A0) and data (D15-D0). When this occurs, the delay from IOEN falling to READYD falling (t14) increases by one clock cycle and the address and data hold time (t12 and t13) must be increased by one clock.
  • 41. REF DESCRIPTION NOTES MIN TYP MAX UNITS t1 SELECT and STRBD low setup time prior to clock rising edge 2, 10 15 ns t2 SELECT and STRBD low to IOEN low (uncontended access @ 20 MHz) ns 105 2.2 (contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “0” @ 20 MHz) μs (contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “1” @ 20 MHz) 2, 6 355 ns (uncontended access @ 16 MHz) 2, 6 117 ns (contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “0” @ 16 MHz) 2, 6 2.8 μs (contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “1” @ 16 MHz) 2, 6 430 ns (uncontended access @ 12 MHz) 2, 6 138 ns (contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “0” @ 12 MHz) 2, 6 3.7 μs (contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “1” @ 12 MHz) 2, 6 555 ns (uncontended access @ 10 MHz) 2, 6 155 ns (contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “0” @ 10 MHz) 2, 6 4.4 μs (contended access, with ENHANCED CPU ACCESS = “1” @ 10 MHz) 2, 6 655 ns Time for MEM/REG and RD/WR to become valid following SELECT and STRBD low(@ 20 MHz) ns 10 16 @ 16 MHz ns @ 12 MHz ns 27 35 3, 4, 5, 7 3, 4, 5, 7 @ 10 MHz ns Time for Address to become valid following SELECT and STRBD low (@ 20 MHz) 12 ns @ 16 MHz 25 ns @ 12 MHz ns @ 10 MHz ns Time for data to become valid following SELECT and STRBD low ( @ 20 MHz ) ns t3 t4 t5 @ 10 MHz ns 32 82 t6 CLOCK IN rising edge delay to IOEN falling edge ns 0 15 40 6 3, 4, 5, 7 3, 4, 5, 7 t9 MEM/REG, RD/WR setup time following CLOCK IN falling edge 35 ns 35 15 t12 Address valid hold time prior to CLOCK IN rising edge 30 ns 15 @ 10 MHz 6, 9 185 200 215 ns 41 t14 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com 6, 9 152 167 182 ns 40 ∞ 40 BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 TABLE FOR FIGURE 14. CPU WRITING RAM OR REGISTERS (SHOWN FOR 16-BIT, BUFFERED, NONZERO WAIT MODE) @ 16 MHz ns 45 @ 12 MHz t7 SELECT hold time following IOEN falling ns t10 Address valid setup time prior to CLOCK IN rising edge ns IOEN falling delay to READYD falling @ 20 MHz 6, 9 85 100 115 ns @ 16 MHz ns t8 MEM/REG, RD/WR setup time prior to CLOCK IN falling edge ns 6, 9 110 125 140 ns @ 12 MHz 65 t11 Data valid setup time prior to CLOCK IN rising edge ns t13 Data valid hold time following CLOCK IN rising edge ns t15 CLOCK IN rising edge delay to READYD falling ns t16 READYD falling to STRBD rising release time ns t17 STRBD rising delay to IOEN rising edge and READYD rising edge ns t18 STRBD high hold time from READYD rising 10 ns 45 62 2, 6 2, 6 3, 4, 5, 7 3, 4, 5, 7 2 7, 8 7, 8, 9 9 6 6
  • 42. 42 Mini-ACE Mark3 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 INTERFACE TO MIL-STD-1553 BUS The Mini-ACE Mark3 is the world's first MIL-STD-1553 terminal powered entirely by 3.3 volts. Unique isolation transformer turns ratios, single output winding transformers and new interconnec-tion methods are required in order to meet mandated MIL-STD- 1553 differential voltage levels. FIGURE 15 illustrates the two possible interface methods between the Mini-ACE Mark3 series and a MIL-STD-1553 bus. Connections for both direct (short stub, 1:3.75) and transformer (long stub, 1:2.7) coupling, as well as nominal peak-to-peak volt-age levels at various points (when transmitting), are indicated in the diagram. The new isolation transformers for the Mini-ACE Mark3 series now contain only one set of output windings. Different isolation transformers are now required for a direct or transformer cou-pled, MIL-STD-1553 Bus implementation. The center tap of the primary winding (the side of the transformer that connects to the Mark3) must be directly connected to the +3.3 volt plane. Additionally, a 10μf, low inductance tantalum capacitor and a 0.01μf ceramic capacitor must be mounted as close as possible and with the shortest leads to the center tap of the transformer(s) and ground plane. Additionally, during transmission large currents flow from the trans-former center tap, through the primaries and the TX/RX pins, and then out the transceiver grounds (pins 22 and 79) into the ground plane. The traces in this path should be sized accordingly and the connections to the ground plane should be as short as possible. 10μF + .01μF TX/RX TX/RX + FIGURE 15. MINI-ACE MARK3 INTERFACE TO MIL-STD-1553 BUS DATA BUS Z0 55 Ω 55 Ω TX/RX TX/RX (1:3.75) (7.4 Vpp) 28 Vpp 1 FT MAX Z0 (1:2.7) 20 Vpp (1:1.41) COUPLING TRANSFORMER 0.75 Z0 0.75 Z0 LONG STUB (TRANSFORMER COUPLED) 20 FT MAX 28 Vpp SHORT STUB (DIRECT COUPLED) OR DIRECT-COUPLED ISOLATION TRANSFORMER BETA B-3383 7 Vpp 7 Vpp Mini-ACE Mark3 (7.4 Vpp) 3.3V 10μF .01μF 3.3V TRANSFORMER-COUPLED ISOLATION TRANSFORMER BETA B-3372 NOTES: 1. Transformer center tap capacitors: use a 10μF tantalum for low inductance, and a 0.01μF ceramic. Both must be mounted as close as possible, and with the shortest leads to the center tap of the transformer(s) and ground. 2. Connect the Mark3 hybrid grounds as directly as possible to the 3.3V ground plane. 3. Zo = 70 to 85 Ohms.
  • 43. TABLE 46. BTTC TRANSFORMERS FOR USE WITH MINI-ACE MARK3 TRANSFORMER CONFIGURATION BTTC PART NO. Single epoxy transformer, through hole, transformer coupled only, 0.625 X 0.630, 0.300 max height 43 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com B-3372 BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 TRANSFORMERS In selecting isolation transformers to be used with the Mini-ACE Mark3, there is a limitation on the maximum amount of leakage inductance. If this limit is exceeded, the transmitter rise and fall times may increase, possibly causing the bus amplitude to fall below the minimum level required by MIL-STD-1553. In addition, an excessive leakage imbalance may result in a transformer dynamic offset that exceeds 1553 specifications. The maximum allowable leakage inductance is a function of the coupling method. For Transformer Coupled applications, it is a maximum of 5.0 μH. For Direct it is a maximum of 10.0 μH, and is measured as follows: The side of the transformer that connects to the Mark3 is defined as the primary winding. If one side of the primary is shorted to the primary center-tap, the inductance should be measured across the secondary (stub side) winding. This inductance must be less than 5.0 μH (Transformer Coupled) and 10.0 μH (Direct Coupled). Similarly, if the other side of the primary is shorted to the primary center-tap, the inductance measured across the secondary (stub side) winding must also be less than 5.0 μH (Transformer Coupled) and 10.0 μH (Direct Coupled). The difference between these two measurements is the differ-ential leakage inductance. This value must be less than 1.0 μH (Transformer Coupled) and 2.0 μH (Direct Coupled). Beta Transformer Technology Corporation (BTTC), a subsidiary of DDC, manufactures transformers in a variety of mechanical configurations with the required turns ratios of 1:3.75 direct cou-pled, and 1:2.7 transformer coupled. TABLE 46 provides a listing of these transformers. For further information, contact BTTC at 631-244-7393 or at www.bttc-beta.com. B-3383 Single epoxy transformer, through hole, direct coupled only, 0.625 X 0.630, 0.300 max height B-3389 Single epoxy transformer, surface mount, transformer coupled only, 85°C max, 0.625 X 0.625, 0.130 max height
  • 44. NOTE: Logic ground and transceiver ground are not tied together inside the package. TABLE 48. 1553 ISOLATION TRANSFORMER (BU-64XX3X8/9 VERSIONS) SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION TX/RX-A (I/O) 3 Analog Transmit/Receive Input/Outputs. Connect directly to 1553 isolation transformers. TX/RX-A (I/O) 5 TX/RX-B (I/O) 15 TX/RX-B (I/O) 17 TABLE 49. INTERFACE TO EXTERNAL TRANSCEIVER (BU-64XX3X0 TRANSCEIVERLESS VERSION) 44 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 SIGNAL DESCRIPTIONS BY FUNCTIONAL GROUPS +3.3V_Xcvr 10 +3.3V_Logic 30, 51, 69 Gnd_Xcvr 22, 79 Gnd_Logic 31, 50, 70 TABLE 47. POWER AND GROUND SIGNAL NAME BU-64743X8/X9 BU-64843X8/X9 BU-64863X8/X9 PIN BU-64743X0 BU-64843X0 BU-64863X0 PIN - 10, 30, 51, 69 - 22, 79, 31, 50, 70 Transceiver Power Logic Power Transceiver Ground Logic Ground DESCRIPTION TXDATA_A (O) 3 TXDATA_A (O) 5 RXDATA_A (I) 8 RXDATA_A 4 (I, not enabled)* SIGNAL NAME BU-64743X0 BU-64843X0 BU-64863X0 PIN DESCRIPTION Digital Manchester biphase transmit outputs, A bus Digital Manchester biphase receive inputs, A bus TXINH_A_OUT (O) 11 TXDATA_B (O) 15 TXDATA_B (O) 17 RXDATA_B (I) 21 Digital output to inhibit external transmitter, A bus Digital Manchester biphase transmit outputs, B bus RXDATA_B Digital Manchester biphase receive inputs, B bus 16 (I, not enabled)* TXINH_B_OUT (O) 9 Digital output to inhibit external transmitter, B bus UPADDREN / NC 14 4K versions: UPADDREN / 64K versions: NC For 4K RAM versions, this signal is always configured as UPADDREN. This signal is used to control the function of the upper 4 address inputs (A15-A12). For these versions of Mark3 if UPADDREN is connected to logic 1, then these four signals operate as address lines A15-A12. If UPADDREN is connected to logic 0, then A15 and A14 function as CLK_SEL_1 and CLK_SEL_0 respec-tively; A13 MUST be connected to +3.3V-LOGIC; and A12 functions as RTBOOT. BU-64743X8/9 BU-64843X8/9 BU-64863X8/9 PIN *NOTE: Standard transceiverless parts have their receiver inputs internally strapped for single-ended operation. The RXDATAx_L pins are connected to inputs that are not enabled. Contact the factory for a non-standard part that enables differential receive inputs.
  • 45. TABLE 51. PROCESSOR ADDRESS BUS BU-64743XX BU-64843XX BU-64863XX D15 (MSB) 59 D14 56 D13 54 D12 55 D11 58 A15 (MSB) 73 16-bit bi-directional address bus. A14 80 For 64K RAM versions, this signal is always configured as address line A14. Refer to 45 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 A15 / CLK_SEL_1 For 64K RAM versions, this signal is always configured as address line A15 (MSB). Refer to the description for A11-A0 below. For 4K RAM versions, if UPADDREN is connected to logic 1, this signal operates as address line A15. For 4K RAM versions, if UPADDREN is connected to logic 0, this signal operates as CLK_SEL_1. In this case, A15/CLK_SEL_1 and A14/CLK_SEL_0 are used to select the Mark3 clock frequency, as follows: CLK_SEL_1 CLK_SEL_0 Clock Frequency 0 0 10 MHz 0 1 20 MHz 1 0 12 MHz 1 1 16 MHz A14 / CLK_SEL_0 the description of A11-A0 below. For 4K RAM versions, if UPADDREN is connected to logic 1, this signal operates as A14. For 4K RAM versions, if UPADDREN is connected to logic 0, then this signal oper-ates as CLK_SEL_0. In this case, CLK_SEL_1 and CLK_SEL_0 are used to select the Mark3 clock frequency, as defined in the description for A15/CLK_SEL1 above. SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION BU-64743XX BU-64843XX BU-64863XX PIN 4K RAM (BU-64743XX BU-64843XX) 64K RAM (BU-64863XX) 16-bit bi-directional data bus.This bus interfaces the host processor to the Mini-ACE Mark3's internal regis-ters and internal RAM. In addition, in transparent mode, this bus allows data transfers to take place between the internal protocol/memory management logic and up to 64K x 16 of external RAM. Most of the time, the outputs for D15 through D0 are in the high impedance state. They drive outward in the buffered or transparent mode when the host CPU reads the internal RAM or registers. Also, in the transparent mode, D15-D0 will drive outward (towards the host) when the protocol/management logic is accessing (either reading or writing) internal RAM, or writing to external RAM. In the transparent mode, D15-D0 drives inward when the CPU writes internal registers or RAM, or when the protocol/memory management logic reads external RAM. D10 60 D9 57 D8 52 D7 53 D6 41 D5 49 D4 43 D3 48 D2 47 D1 42 D0 (LSB) 46 TABLE 50. DATA BUS SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION PIN
  • 46. A13 / +3.3V-LOGIC BU-64743XX BU-64843XX BU-64863XX SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION 46 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 PIN A11 1 Lower 12 bits of 16-bit bi-directional address bus. In both the buffered and transparent modes, the host CPU accesses Mark3 registers and internal RAM by means of A11 - A0 (4K versions). For 64K versions, A15-A12 are also used for this purpose. In buffered mode, A12-A0 (or A15-A0) are inputs only. In the transparent mode, A12-A0 (or A15-A0) are inputs during CPU accesses and become outputs, driving outward (towards the CPU) when the 1553 pro-tocol/ memory management logic accesses up to 64K words of external RAM. In transparent mode, the address bus is driven outward only when the signal DTACK is low (indicating that the Mark3 has control of the RAM interface bus) and IOEN is high, indicating a non-host access. Most of the time, including immediately after power turn-on, A12-A0 (or A15-A0) will be in high impedance (input) state. A10 2 A09 75 A08 7 A07 12 A06 27 A05 74 A04 78 A03 13 A02 19 A01 33 A00 (LSB) 18 77 For 64K RAM versions, this signal is always configured as address line A13. Refer to the description for A11-A0 below. For 4K RAM versions, if UPADDREN is connected to logic 1, this signal operates as A13. For 4K RAM versions, if UPADDREN is connected to logic 0, then this signal MUST be connected to +3.3V-LOGIC (logic 1). A13 A12 / RTBOOT 76 For 64K RAM versions, this signal is always configured as address line A12. Refer to the description for A11-A0 below. For 4K RAM versions, if UPADDREN is connected to logic 1, this signal operates as A12. For 4K RAM versions, if UPADDREN is connected to logic 0, then this signal func-tions as RTBOOT. If RTBOOT is connected to logic 0, the Mark3 will initialize in RT mode with the Busy status word bit set following power turn-on. If RTBOOT is hard-wired to logic 1, the Mark3 will initialize in either Idle mode (for an RT-only part), or in BC mode (for a BC/RT/MT part). A12 TABLE 51. PROCESSOR ADDRESS BUS (CONT.) SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION BU-64743XX BU-64843XX BU-64863XX PIN 4K RAM (BU-64743XX BU-64843XX) 64K RAM (BU-64863XX)
  • 47. TABLE 52. PROCESSOR INTERFACE CONTROL SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION 47 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 SELECT (I) 66 Device Select. Generally connected to a CPU address decoder output to select the Mark3 for a transfer to/from either RAM or register. STRBD (I) 68 Strobe Data. Used in conjunction with SELECT to initiate and control the data transfer cycle between the host processor and the Mark3. STRBD must be asserted low through the full duration of the transfer cycle. RD / WR (I) 71 Read/Write. For host processor access, RD/WR selects between reading and writing. In the 16-bit buffered mode, if POL_SEL is logic 0, then RD/WR should be low (logic 0) for read accesses and high (logic 1) for write accesses. If POL_SEL is logic 1, or the interface is configured for a mode other than 16-bit buffered mode, then RD/WR is high (logic 1) for read accesses and low (logic 0) for write accesses. ADDR_LAT(I) / MEMOE (O) 20 Memory Output Enable or Address Latch. In buffered mode, the ADDR_LAT input is used to configure the buffers for A15-A0, SELECT, MEM/REG, and MSB/LSB (for 8-bit mode only) in latched mode (when low) or transparent mode (when high). That is, the Mark3's internal transparent latches will track the values on A15-A0, SELECT, MEM/REG, and MSB/LSB when ADDR_LAT is high, and latch the values when ADDR_LAT goes low. In general, for interfacing to processors with a non-multiplexed address/data bus, ADDR_LAT should be hardwired to logic 1. For interfacing to processors with a multiplexed address/data bus, ADDR_LAT should be connected to a signal that indicates a valid address when ADDR_LAT is logic 1. In transparent mode, MEMOE output signal is used to enable data outputs for external RAM read cycles (normally connected to the OE input signal on external RAM chips). ZEROWAIT (I) / MEMWR (O) 28 Memory Write or Zero Wait. In buffered mode, input signal (ZEROWAIT) used to select between the zero wait mode (ZEROWAIT = 0) and the non-zero wait mode (ZEROWAIT = 1). In transparent mode, active low output signal (MEMWR) asserted low during memory write transfers to strobe data into external RAM (normally connected to the WR input signal on external RAM chips). 16 / 8 (I) / DTREQ (O) 29 Data Transfer Request or Data Bus Select. In buffered mode, input signal 16/8 used to select between the 16 bit data transfer mode (16/8*= 1) and the 8-bit data transfer mode (16/8 = 0). In transparent mode (16-bit only), active low level output signal DTREQ used to request access to the processor/RAM interface bus (address and data buses). MSB / LSB (I) / DTGRT (I) 72 Data Transfer Grant or Most Significant Byte/Least Significant Byte. In 8-bit buffered mode, input signal (MSB/LSB) used to indicate which byte is currently being transferred (MSB or LSB). The logic sense of MSB/LSB is controlled by the POL_SEL input. MSB/LSB is not used in the 16-bit buffered mode. In transparent mode, active low input signal (DTGRT) asserted in response to the DTREQ output to indi-cate that control of the external processor/RAM bus has been transferred from the host processor to the Mark3. BU-64743XX BU-64843XX BU-64863XX PIN
  • 48. TABLE 52. PROCESSOR INTERFACE CONTROL (CONT.) SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION 48 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 POL_SEL (I) / DTACK (O) 35 Data Transfer Acknowledge or Polarity Select. In 16-bit buffered mode, if POL_SEL is connected to logic 1, RD/WR should be asserted high (logic 1) for a read operation and low (logic 0) for a write operation. In 16-bit buffered mode, if POL_SEL is con-nected to logic 0, RD/WR should be asserted low (logic 0) for a read operation and high (logic 1) for a write operation. In 8-bit buffered mode (TRANSPARENT/ BUFFERED = 0 and 16/8 = 0), POL_SEL input signal used to control the logic sense of the MSB/LSB signal. If POL_SEL is connected to logic 0, MSB/LSB should be asserted low (logic 0) to indicate the transfer of the least significant byte and high (logic 1) to indicate the transfer of the most significant byte. If POL_SEL is connected to logic 1, MSB/LSB should be asserted high (logic 1) to indicate the transfer of the least significant byte and low (logic 0) to indicate the transfer of the most significant byte. In transparent mode, active low output signal (DTACK) used to indicate acceptance of the processor/RAM interface bus in response to a data transfer grant (DTGRT). Mark3 RAM transfers over A15-A0 and D15-D0 will be framed by the time that DTACK is asserted low. TRIG_SEL (I) / MEMENA_IN (I) 34 Memory Enable or Trigger Select input. In 8-bit buffered mode, input signal (TRIG-SEL) used to select the order in which byte pairs are transferred to or from the Mark3 by the host processor. In the 8-bit buffered mode, TRIG_SEL should be asserted high (logic 1) if the byte order for both read operations and write operations is MSB followed by LSB. TRIG_SEL should be asserted low (logic 0) if the byte order for both read operations and write operations is LSB fol-lowed by MSB. This signal has no operation in the 16-bit buffered mode (it does not need to be connected). In transparent mode, active low input MEMENA_IN, used as a Chip Select (CS) input to the Mark3's inter-nal shared RAM. If only internal RAM is used, should be connected directly to the output of a gate that is OR'ing the DTACK and IOEN output signals. MEM / REG(I) 6 Memory/Register. Generally connected to either a CPU address line or address decoder output. Selects between memory access (MEM/REG = 1) or register access (MEM/REG = 0). TRANSPARENT/ BUFFERED (I) 61 Used to select between the buffered mode (when strapped to logic 0) and transparent/DMA mode (when strapped to logic 1) for the host processor interface. SSFLAG (I) / EXT_TRIG(I) 37 Subsystem Flag (RT) or External Trigger (BC/Word Monitor) input. In RT mode, if this input is asserted low, the Subsystem Flag bit will be set in the Mark3's RT Status Word. If the SSFLAG input is logic 0 while bit 8 of Configuration Register #1 has been programmed to logic 1 (cleared), the Subsystem Flag RT Status Word bit will become logic 1, but bit 8 of Configuration Register #1, SUBSYSTEM FLAG, will return logic 1 when read. That is, the sense on the SSFLAG* input has no effect on the SUBSYSTEM FLAG register bit. In the non-enhanced BC mode, this signal operates as an External Trigger input. In BC mode, if the exter-nal BC Start option is enabled (bit 7 of Configuration Register #1), a low to high transition on this input will issue a BC Start command, starting execution of the current BC frame. In the enhanced BC mode, during the execution of a Wait for External Trigger (WTG) instruction, the Mark3 BC will wait for a low-to-high transition on EXT_TRIG before proceeding to the next instruction. In the Word Monitor mode, if the external trigger is enabled (bit 7 of Configuration Register #1), a low to high transition on this input will initiate a monitor start. This input has no effect in Message Monitor mode. BU-64743XX BU-64843XX BU-64863XX PIN
  • 49. TABLE 52. PROCESSOR INTERFACE CONTROL (CONT.) SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION READYD (O) 62 Handshake output to host processor. For a nonzero wait state read access, READYD is asserted at the end of a host transfer cycle to indicate that data is available to be read on D15 through D0 when asserted (low). For a nonzero wait state write cycle, READYD is asserted at the end of the cycle to indicate that data has been transferred to a register or RAM location. For both nonzero wait reads and writes, the host must assert STRBD low until READYD is asserted low. In the (buffered) zero wait state mode, this output is normally logic 1, indicating that the Mark3 is in a state ready to accept a subsequent host transfer cycle. In zero wait mode, READYD will transition from high to low during (or just after) a host transfer cycle, when the Mark3 initiates its internal transfer to or from registers or internal RAM. When the Mark3 completes its internal transfer, READYD returns to logic 1, indicating it is ready for the host to initiate a subsequent transfer cycle. TABLE 53. RT ADDRESS SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION This input signal must provide an odd parity sum with RTAD4-RTAD0 in order for the RT to respond to non-broad-cast commands. That is, there must be an odd number of logic 1s from among RTAD-4-RTAD0 and RTADP. 49 RTADP (I) 44 Remote Terminal Address Parity. Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 IOEN(O) 64 I/O Enable. Tri-state control for external address and data buffers. Generally not used in buffered mode. When low, indi-cates that the Mark3 is currently performing a host access to an internal register, or internal (for transparent mode) external RAM. In transparent mode, IOEN (low) should be used to enable external address and data bus tri-state buffers. BU-64743XX BU-64843XX BU-64863XX PIN RTAD4 (MSB) (I) 40 RT Address input. If bit 5 of Configuration Register #6, RT ADDRESS SOURCE, is programmed to logic 0 (default), then the Mark3's RT address is provided by means of these 5 input signals. In addition, if RT ADDRESS SOURCE is logic 0, the source of RT address parity is RTADP. There are many methods for using these input signals for designating the Mark3's RT address. For details, refer to the description of RT_AD_LAT. If RT ADDRESS SOURCE is programmed to logic 1, then the Mark3's source for its RT address and parity is under software control, via data lines D5-D0. In this case, the RTAD4-RTAD0 and RTADP signals are not used. RTAD3 (I) 39 RTAD2 (I) 24 RTAD1 (I) 45 RTAD0 (LSB) (I) 38 RT_AD_LAT (I) 36 RT Address Latch. Input signal used to control the Mark3's internal RT address latch. If RT_AD_LAT is connected to logic 0, then the Mark3 RT is configured to accept a hardwired (transparent) RT address from RTAD4-RTAD) and RTADP. If RT_AD_LAT is initially logic 0, and then transitions to logic 1, the values presented on RTAD4-RTAD0 and RTADP will be latched internally on the rising edge of RT_AD_LAT. If RT_AD_LAT is connected to logic 1, then the Mark3's RT address is latchable under host processor con-trol. In this case, there are two possibilities: (1) If bit 5 of Configuration Register #6, RT ADDRESS SOURCE, is programmed to logic 0 (default), then the source of the RT Address is the RTAD4-RTAD0 and RTADP input signals. (2) If RT ADDRESS SOURCE is programmed to logic 1, then the source of the RT Address is the lower 6 bits of the processor data bus, D5-D1 (for RTAD4-0) and D0 (for RTADP). In either of these two cases (with RT_AD_LAT = 1), the processor will cause the RT address to be latched by: (1) Writing bit 15 of Configuration Register #3, ENHANCED MODE ENABLE, to logic 1. (2) Writing bit 3 of Configuration Register #4, LATCH RT ADDRESS WITH CONFIGURATION REGISTER #5, to logic 1. (3) Writing to Configuration Register #5. In the case of RT ADDRESS SOURCE = 1, then the values of RT address and RT address parity must be written to the lower 6 bits of Configuration Register #5, via D5-D0. In the case where RT ADDRESS SOURCE = 0, the bit values presented on D5-D0 become don't care. BU-64743XX BU-64843XX BU-64863XX PIN
  • 50. 64K RAM (BU- 64863X0) SLEEPIN (I) UPADDREN For 64K RAM versions with internal transceivers, this signal is always configured as SLEEPIN. This signal is used to control the transceiver sleep (power-down) circuitry. For these versions of Mark3 if SLEEPIN is connected to logic 0, the transceivers are fully pow-ered and operate normally. If SLEEPIN is connected to logic 1, the transceivers are in sleep mode (dormant, low-power mode) of operation and are NOT operational. For 4K RAM versions, this signal is always configured as UPADDREN. This signal is used to control the function of the upper 4 address inputs (A15-A12). For these versions of Mark3 if UPADDREN is connected to logic 1, then these four signals operate as address lines A15-A12. If UPADDREN is connected to logic 0, then A15 and A14 function as CLK_SEL_1 and CLK_SEL_0 respectively; A13 MUST be con-nected 50 INCMD (O) / MCRST (O) Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 to +3.3V-LOGIC; and A12 functions as RTBOOT. For 64K RAM transceiverless versions, this signal is always a No Connect (NC). 14 INT (O) Interrupt Request output. If the LEVEL/PULSE interrupt bit (bit 3) of Configuration Register #2 is logic 0, a neg-ative pulse of approximately 500ns in width is output on INT to signal an interrupt request. If LEVEL/PULSE is high, a low level interrupt request output will be asserted on INT. The level interrupt will be cleared (high) after either: (1) The processor writes a value of logic 1 to INTERRUPT RESET, bit 2 of the Start/Reset Register; or (2) If bit 4 of Configuration Register #2, INTERRUPT STATUS AUTO-CLEAR is logic 1 then it will only be necessary to read the Interrupt Status Register (#1 and/or #2) that is request-ing an interrupt enabled by the corresponding Interrupt Mask Register. However, for the case where both Interrupt Status Register #1 and Interrupt Status Register #2 have bits set reflecting interrupt events, it will be necessary to read both interrupt status registers in order to clear INT. 63 CLOCK_IN (I) 26 20 MHz, 16 MHz, 12 MHz, or 10 MHz clock input. TX_INH_A (I) Transmitter inhibit inputs for Channel A and Channel B, MIL-STD-1553 transmitters. For normal operation, these inputs should be connected to logic 0. To force a shut-down of Channel A and/or Channel B, a value of logic 1 should be applied to the respective TX_INH input. 65 TX_INH_B (I) 67 Master Clear. Negative true Reset input, normally asserted low following power turn-on. MSTCLR(I) 25 Time Tag Clock. External clock that may be used to increment the Time Tag Register. This option is selected by setting Bits 7,8 and 9 of Configuration Register # 2 to Logic 1. TAG_CLK (I) 23 In-command or Mode Code Reset. The function of this pin is controlled by bit 0 of Configuration Register #7, MODE CODE RESET/INCMD SELECT. If this register bit is logic 0 (default), INCMD will be active on this pin. For BC, RT, or Selective Message Monitor modes, INCMD is asserted low whenever a message is being processed by the Mark3. In Word Monitor mode, INCMD will be asserted low for as long as the monitor is online. For RT mode, if MODE CODE RESET/INCMD SELECT is programmed to logic 1, MCRST will be active. In this case, MCRST will be asserted low for two clock cycles fol-lowing receipt of a Reset remote terminal mode command. In BC or Monitor modes, if MODE CODE RESET/INCMD SELECT is logic 1, this sig-nal is inoperative; i.e., in this case, it will always output a value of logic 1. 32 TABLE 54. MISCELLANEOUS SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION BU-64743XX BU-64843XX BU-64863XX PIN 4K RAM (BU-64743XX BU-64843XX) NC 64K RAM (BU-64863X8 BU-64863X9)
  • 51. 51 BU-64743XX BU-64843XX BU-64863XX Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 NC 4 No User Connections to these pins allowed. 8 9 11 16 21 TABLE 55. NO USER CONNECTIONS SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION PIN
  • 52. TABLE 56. MINI-ACE MARK3 BU-64XX3X8/9 VERSIONS PINOUTS 35 36 37 SSFLAG/EXT_TRIG 77 AD13 38 RTAD0 78 AD04 39 RTAD3 79 GND_XCVR 40 RTAD4 80 AD14 52 8 9 10 11 DO NOT CONNECT - FACTORY TEST POINT 16 17 18 19 AD02 20 ADDR_LAT/MEMOE 21 DO NOT CONNECT - FACTORY TEST POINT 22 23 24 25 MSTCLR 26 CLOCK_IN 27 28 29 16/8/DTREQ 30 3.3V_LOGIC 31 32 33 AD01 34 TRIG_SEL/MEMENA_IN Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com 46 DB00 47 DB02 48 GND_LOGIC 54 DB13 55 DB12 56 58 DB11 59 DB15 60 DB10 61 TRANS/BUFF 62 READYD INT IOEN SELECT 66 67 TX_INH_B 68 STRBD 69 3.3V_LOGIC 70 71 RD/WR 72 MSB/LSB/DTGRT 73 AD15 74 AD05 BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 PIN 41 DB06 42 DB08 43 3.3V_LOGIC 44 DB05 45 DB03 49 RTAD1 50 RTADP 51 FUNCTION DB04 52 DB01 DB09 53 DB14 57 DB07 TX_INH_A 63 64 65 GND_LOGIC 75 AD09 76 AD12 1 AD11 AD10 TX/RX_A PIN DO NOT CONNECT - FACTORY TEST POINT 2 FUNCTION 3 4 5 TX/RX_A 6 MEM/REG 7 AD08 DO NOT CONNECT - FACTORY TEST POINT DO NOT CONNECT - FACTORY TEST POINT 3.3V_XCVR 12 AD07 13 AD03 14 SLEEPIN/UPADDREN 15 TX/RX_B DO NOT CONNECT - FACTORY TEST POINT TX/RX_B AD00 GND_XCVR TAG_CLK RTAD2 AD06 ZEROWAIT/MEMWR GND_LOGIC INCMD/MCRST POL_SEL/DTACK RT_AD_LAT
  • 53. TABLE 57. MINI-ACE MARK3 BU-64XX3X0 (TRANSCEIVERLESS) VERSION PINOUTS 35 36 37 SSFLAG/EXT_TRIG 77 AD13 38 RTAD0 78 AD04 39 RTAD3 79 GND_LOGIC 40 RTAD4 80 AD14 53 8 9 10 11 TXINH_A_OUT 16 17 18 19 AD02 20 ADDR_LAT/MEMOE 21 RXDATA_B 22 23 24 25 MSTCLR 26 CLOCK_IN 27 28 29 16/8/DTREQ 30 3.3V_LOGIC 31 32 33 AD01 34 TRIG_SEL/MEMENA_IN Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com 46 DB00 47 DB02 48 GND_LOGIC 54 DB13 55 DB12 56 58 DB11 59 DB15 60 DB10 61 TRANS/BUFF 62 READYD INT IOEN SELECT 66 67 TX_INH_B 68 STRBD 69 3.3V_LOGIC 70 71 RD/WR 72 MSB/LSB/DTGRT 73 AD15 74 AD05 BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 PIN 41 DB06 42 DB08 43 3.3V_LOGIC 44 DB05 45 DB03 49 RTAD1 50 RTADP 51 FUNCTION DB04 52 DB01 DB09 53 DB14 57 DB07 TX_INH_A 63 64 65 GND_LOGIC 75 AD09 76 AD12 1 AD11 AD10 TXDATA_A PIN RXDATA_A * 2 FUNCTION 3 4 5 TXDATA_A 6 MEM/REG 7 AD08 RXDATA_A TXINH_B_OUT +3.3V_LOGIC 12 AD07 13 AD03 14 UPADDREN/NC 15 TXDATA_B RXDATA_B * TXDATA_B AD00 GND_LOGIC TAG_CLK RTAD2 AD06 ZEROWAIT/MEMWR GND_LOGIC INCMD/MCRST POL_SEL/DTACK RT_AD_LAT * NOTE: Standard transceiverless parts have their receiver inputs internally strapped for single-ended operation. The RXDATAx pins are connected to inputs that are not enabled.
  • 54. 0.890 MAX (22.606) 19 EQUAL SPACES 0.760 (19.304) (TOL. NON-CUMM.) TOP VIEW INDEX DENOTES PIN NO. 1 0.910 MAX. (23.114) SIDE VIEW 54 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com 19 EQUAL SPACES 0.760 (19.304) (TOL. NON-CUMM.) BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 1 Notes: 1) Dimensions are in inches (mm). 20 21 60 41 61 80 PIN 1 DENOTED BY INDEX MARK PIN NUMBERS FOR REFERENCE ONLY 0.040 TYP. (1.016) 0.015 TYP. (0.381) 0.040 TYP. (1.016) 40 0.890 MAX (22.606) R 0.012 TYP (R 0.305) 0.006 +0.010 - 0.004 +0.254 (0.152 - 0 .1 0 2 ) 1.020 MAX. (25.908) 1.130 MAX. (28.702) 0.130 MAX. (3.302) 0.008 MAX. (0.2032) 0.055 MAX. (1.397) 0.055 (1.397) 1.130 MAX (28.702) FIGURE 16. MECHANICAL OUTLINE DRAWING FOR MINI-ACE MARK3 80-PIN GULL WING PACKAGE
  • 55. 0.130 (3.302) INDEX DENOTES PIN NO. 1 FIGURE 17. MECHANICAL OUTLINE DRAWING FOR MINI-ACE MARK3 80-PIN FLAT PACKAGE 55 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 1 Notes: 1) Dimensions are in inches (mm). 0.890 MAX (22.606) 19 EQUAL SPACES 0.760 (19.304) (TOL. NON-CUMM.) TOP VIEW SIDE VIEW 20 21 60 41 61 80 PIN NUMBERS FOR REFERENCE ONLY 0.880 (23.352) 0.040 TYP. (1.016) 0.015 TYP. (0.381) 40 1.880 MAX (47.75) 0.200 (05.08) 2.360 MAX (59.94) 0.500 TYP (12.70) 0.050 (1.27) 0.040 (1.016) 0.008 (0.2032) 0.025 (0.635)
  • 56. ORDERING INFORMATION FOR MINI-ACE MARK3 BU-64XX3XX-XXXX Supplemental Process Requirements: S = Pre-Cap Source Inspection L = Pull Test Q = Pull Test and Pre-Cap Inspection K = One Lot Date Code W = One Lot Date Code and Pre-Cap Source Y = One Lot Date Code and 100% Pull Test Z = One Lot Date Code, Pre-Cap Source and 100% Pull Test Blank = None of the Above STANDARD DDC PROCESSING MIL-STD-883 METHOD(S) CONDITION(S) TEST INSPECTION 2009, 2010, 2017, and 2032 — SEAL 1014 A and C TEMPERATURE CYCLE 1010 C CONSTANT ACCELERATION 2001 A 56 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 BURN-IN 1015, Table 1 — Test Criteria: 0 = Standard Testing 2 = MIL-STD-1760 Amplitude Compliant (not available with Voltage/Transceiver Options 0 “Transceiverless or 9 “McAir compatible”) Process Requirements: 0 = Standard DDC practices, no Burn-In 1 = MIL-PRF-38534 Compliant 2 = B* 3 = MIL-PRF-38534 Compliant with PIND Testing 4 = MIL-PRF-38534 Compliant with Solder Dip 5 = MIL-PRF-38534 Compliant with PIND Testing and Solder Dip 6 = B* with PIND Testing 7 = B* with Solder Dip 8 = B* with PIND Testing and Solder Dip 9 = Standard DDC Processing with Solder Dip, no Burn-In (see table below) Temperature Range**/Data Requirements: 1 = -55°C to +125°C 2 = -40°C to +85°C 3 = 0°C to +70°C 4 = -55°C to +125°C with Variables Test Data 5 = -40°C to +85°C with Variables Test Data 6 = Custom Part (Reserved) 7 = Custom Part (Reserved) 8 = 0°C to +70°C with Variables Test Data Voltage/Transceiver Option: 0 = Transceiverless 8 = +3.3 Volts rise/fall times = 100 to 300 ns (-1553B) 9 = +3.3 Volts rise/fall times = 200 to 300 ns (-1553B and McAir compatible. Not available with Test Criteria option 2 “MIL-STD-1760 Amplitude Compliant”) Package Type: F = 80-Lead Flat Pack G = 80-Lead “Gull Wing” (Formed Lead) Logic / RAM Voltage 3 = 3.3 Volt Product Type: BU-6474 = RT only with 4K RAM BU-6484 = BC /RT / MT with 4K x 16 RAM BU-6486 = BC /RT / MT with 64K x 17 RAM * Standard DDC processing with burn-in and full temperature test. See table below. ** Temperature Range applies to case temperature.
  • 57. 57 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 NOTES:
  • 58. 58 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 NOTES:
  • 59. 59 Data Device Corporation www.ddc-web.com BU-64743/64843/64863 C-03/03-300 NOTES:
  • 60. ® U REGISTEREDFIRM DATA DEVICE CORPORATION REGISTERED TO ISO 9001 FILE NO. A5976 The information in this data sheet is believed to be accurate; however, no responsibility is assumed by Data Device Corporation for its use, and no license or rights are granted by implication or otherwise in connection therewith. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Please visit our web site at www.ddc-web.com for the latest information. 105 Wilbur Place, Bohemia, New York, U.S.A. 11716-2482 For Technical Support - 1-800-DDC-5757 ext. 7234 Headquarters, N.Y., U.S.A. - Tel: (631) 567-5600, Fax: (631) 567-7358 Southeast, U.S.A. - Tel: (703) 450-7900, Fax: (703) 450-6610 West Coast, U.S.A. - Tel: (714) 895-9777, Fax: (714) 895-4988 United Kingdom - Tel: +44-(0)1635-811140, Fax: +44-(0)1635-32264 Ireland - Tel: +353-21-341065, Fax: +353-21-341568 France - Tel: +33-(0)1-41-16-3424, Fax: +33-(0)1-41-16-3425 Germany - Tel: +49-(0)8141-349-087, Fax: +49-(0)8141-349-089 Japan - Tel: +81-(0)3-3814-7688, Fax: +81-(0)3-3814-7689 World Wide Web - http://www.ddc-web.com C-03/03-300 60 PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.